summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/78673-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '78673-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--78673-0.txt10551
1 files changed, 10551 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/78673-0.txt b/78673-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6217127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/78673-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10551 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78673 ***
+
+
+
+
+ =Kulóskap the Master=
+
+ _And Other Algonkin Poems_
+
+ [Illustration:
+ And bade the little creature come to him;
+ Back smiled the baby, but it did not budge.
+ (_See page 108._)]
+
+
+
+
+ Kulóskap the Master
+
+ _And Other Algonkin Poems_
+
+
+ _Translated Metrically by_
+
+ CHARLES GODFREY LELAND, Hon. F.R.S.L.; M.A.
+
+ (Harvard)
+
+ Author of “The Algonquin Legends of New England”
+
+ AND
+
+ JOHN DYNELEY PRINCE, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins)
+
+ Professor in Columbia University and author of various
+ articles on Algonkin dialects
+
+
+ [Illustration: colophon]
+
+
+ _FUNK & WAGNALLS COMPANY_
+
+ _New York and London_
+
+ _1902_
+
+
+
+
+ COPYRIGHT, 1902
+ By FUNK & WAGNALLS COMPANY
+ NEW YORK
+
+ Registered at Stationers’ Hall, London, England
+
+ Printed in the United States of America
+
+ Published November, 1902
+
+
+ _ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE VOLUME_
+
+ _Half-tone Text Illustrations by F. BERKELEY SMITH_
+
+ _Ten Tracings after Indian Designs by
+ CHARLES GODFREY LELAND_
+
+ _Frontispiece by EDWIN WILLARD DEMING_
+
+
+
+
+ =Contents=
+
+
+ PAGE
+ =Preface=--By CHARLES GODFREY LELAND 11
+ =Introduction=--By JOHN DYNELEY PRINCE 21
+
+ _PART FIRST--THE EPIC OF KULÓSKAP_
+
+ =Canto First=--_Creation Legends_
+ I. The Birth of Kulóskap 43
+ II. The Creation of Man and the Animals 50
+ III. The Origin of the Rattlesnakes 56
+ IV. How Kulóskap named the Animals 59
+
+ =Canto Second=--_The Master’s Kindness to Man_
+ I. What Kulóskap did for the Indians 62
+ II. How Kulóskap granted Gifts and Favors to many
+ Indians 64
+ III. Kulóskap and the Fool 90
+ IV. The Three Brothers who became Trees 94
+ V. Kulóskap and the Wise Wishers 98
+ VI. How Kulóskap was conquered by the Babe 107
+
+ =Canto Third=--_The Master and the Animals_
+ I. Kulóskap and the Loons 110
+ II. Kulóskap and the Beaver 112
+ III. The Sable and the Serpent 118
+ IV. Kulóskap and the Turtle 123
+ V. How Mikchik the Turtle was false to the Master 136
+ VI. How Kulóskap conquered Aklibimo the Great Bull
+ Frog 140
+ VII. How Kulóskap went Whale Fishing 152
+ VIII. Kulóskap and Wuchōsen the Wind Eagle 158
+
+ =Canto Fourth=--_The Master and the Sorcerers_
+ I. Kulóskap and Winpe 162
+ II. How a Witch sought to cajole the Master 172
+ III. How Kulóskap fought the Giant Sorcerers 174
+ IV. How the Master showed himself a Great Smoker 182
+ V. Kulóskap and the Witch 185
+ VI. Kulóskap and the Witch called “The Pitcher” 194
+ VII. How Kulóskap sailed through the Cavern of Darkness 203
+ VIII. How the Master found the Summer 208
+ IX. How Kulóskap left the World 213
+ X. The Master and the Final Day 217
+
+ _PART SECOND--WITCHCRAFT LORE_
+
+ I. The Wizard’s Chant 223
+ II. The Woman and the Serpent 225
+ III. The Wizard Snake 229
+ IV. The Measuring Worm 231
+ V. The Pʾmûla or Air-Demon 236
+ VI. The Little Boy kidnapped by the Bear 239
+ VII. The Wizard and the Christian Priest 242
+ VIII. Wizard Warfare 244
+ IX. The Wizard’s Hunting 250
+ X. Six Short Tales of Witchcraft 253
+ XI. A Delaware Youth and his Uncle 256
+ XII. The Dance of Old Age 260
+ XIII. A Tale of the River-Elves 269
+
+ _PART THIRD--LYRICS AND MISCELLANY_
+
+ I. The Song of Lappilatwan 273
+ II. The Story of Nipon the Summer 283
+ III. The Scarlet Tanager and the Leaf 295
+ IV. The Blind Boy 305
+ V. A Passamaquoddy Love Song 308
+ VI. The Song of the Stars 312
+ VII. How the Indians lost their Power 314
+ VIII. The Partridge and the Spring 320
+ IX. Lox, the Indian Devil 325
+
+ =L’Envoi= 337
+
+ =Appendix=: _The Passamaquoddy Wampum Records_ 340
+
+ =Glossary= 361
+
+
+
+
+ =Full Page Illustrations=
+
+
+ PAGE
+ Kulóskap and the Babe _Frontispiece_
+ The Creation of Man 50
+ The Origin of the Rattlesnakes 58
+ What Kulóskap did for the Indians 67
+ Kulóskap and the Loons 110
+ Kulóskap and the Beaver 116
+ The Sable and the Serpent 122
+ How Kulóskap went Whale Fishing 154
+ Kulóskap and Winpe 170
+ How Kulóskap fought the Giant Sorcerers at Saco 178
+ How Kulóskap sailed through the Cavern of Darkness 205
+ The Little Boy Kidnapped by the Bear 241
+ Wizard Warfare 246
+ The Dance of Old Age 266
+ Lox, the Indian Devil 333
+
+
+
+
+ =Preface=
+
+ BY
+
+ CHARLES GODFREY LELAND
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+Very few persons are aware that there has perished, or is rapidly
+perishing, among the Red Indians of North America, far more poetry
+than was ever written by all the white inhabitants and that this
+native verse is often of a very high order. For the Indian sagas, or
+legends, or traditions were, in fact, all songs; as is the case to
+this day with similar lore in Italy. Indeed, in the latter country,
+I have been asked if I would have a fairy tale chanted or repeated
+as prose! Thus, all the narratives in my “Algonquin Legends of New
+England,” especially those referring to Kulóskap (Klûskâbe), or to
+the gods, might have been correctly made into a poetic cycle, as the
+Finnish Kalevala was made by Lönnrot.
+
+After I had published my Legends, however, I was made aware by Louis
+Mitchell, a Passamaquoddy Indian, who had been in the Legislature
+of Maine, and had collected and written out for me, with strictest
+literalness, a great number of manuscripts, that there were in
+existence certain narratives and poems quite different in kind
+from anything which I possessed. Among the former was a History
+of the Passamaquoddy Tribe, illustrated with numerous designs of
+the birchbark school of art, which I transferred to my friend the
+late Dr. D. G. Brinton as its most appropriate possessor. Three of
+the poems Mitchell wrote out for me in exact, though often quite
+ungrammatical language, which was so close to the original that
+the metres betrayed themselves throughout. I regret that, though
+I had certainly acquired some knowledge of “Indian,” it was, as a
+Passamaquoddy friend one day amiably observed, “only baby Injun
+now grow bigger some day like Miʿkumwess s’posin’ you want to,” in
+reference to a small goblin who is believed to have the power of
+increasing his stature at will. However, I with great care put the
+Mitchell Anglo-Algonkin into English metre, having been impressed,
+while at the work, with the exquisitely naïve and fresh character of
+the original, which, while it often reminded me of Norse poetry, in
+many passages had strictly a life and beauty of its own.
+
+Among my varied and most valued small possessions is what was once,
+beyond doubt, the sketch book of Salvator Rosa himself, consisting of
+a number of blank leaves on one of which still remains an exquisite
+pen sketch of a head by Bronzino. There were in it also, at one time,
+as appears from a memorandum and on a flyleaf, several sketches
+of Salvator, but these have been cut out and sold. The binding or
+cover of the book was made from a large folio-thick parchment leaf
+from a fourteenth century religious manuscript, whereon are seven
+illuminated vermilion capitals still remaining. And, as my manuscript
+exactly fitted the cover, I placed it therein, where it rested for
+many years, undisturbed even by a thought save when it occurred to me
+how the great and savage master, who was himself a poet, would have
+rejoiced among Indians and liked their lyrics!
+
+ “Io sono pittore
+ Gar flink mit der Hand
+ Und bin Salvatore
+ La Rosa genannt.”
+
+It so befell that I, _per fortuna_, became correspondent with
+Professor J. Dyneley Prince, who had come some time after but got
+far before me in a knowledge of Algonkin, as was shown in various
+papers containing the original text and translations of Algonkin
+legends in different dialects. Whereupon, the thought occurred to
+me that this fully qualified scholar might revise, correct, and
+compare my metrical version with the original text, which task would
+be much facilitated by the fact that he also was well acquainted
+with Louis Mitchell, and I may here mention that, while I had at one
+time obtained an accurate copy of the celebrated Algonkin “Wampum
+Record” which was recited annually in bygone days at the Council of
+the Tribes, and had it read to me, and written out in Indian English.
+Prof. Dyneley Prince has himself translated it and reproduces a
+portion of it in the present work. So it came to pass that this book
+was written. And I may here mention that my colleague, while his
+specialty is the Semitic tongues, also has (like my late friend E. H.
+Palmer, who professed Arabic at Cambridge) the gift of the Romany and
+even Shelta, which are as the Latin and Greek of the roads!
+
+During more than one-third of a life which began in 1824, I have
+passed almost annually over the continent of Europe. I have lived for
+the past fifteen years in Florence, in touch with the Apennines, or
+opposite Bellosguarda, sung by many a poet, and the Alps and castled
+crags of the Rhine come to me often in my dreams; yet I never found
+in it all that strange and sweet charm like a song without words
+which haunts the hills and valleys of rural New England. That it has
+existed and been deeply felt and clearly recognized, is evident in
+the works of Hawthorne, with whom we may include Washington Irving,
+Judd[1] and indeed many more, every one of whom bears witness of
+having been awakened by a spell which he never felt in other lands.
+And this spirit of its memory is the most beautiful which I have at
+command:
+
+ “I feel its magic from afar
+ Like another life in me;
+ I hear--though not with living ear
+ And see the forms which with my eye
+ I ne’er again shall see!”
+
+Yet with all this, there was still one thing wanting; that which
+Nature itself would not give fully, even to a Wordsworth: the subtle
+final charm of human tradition, poetry, or romance. True, it may be
+the slightest--a mere touch of gold-leaf or an illuminated letter,
+or a sun-gleam on the mountain top--but the most inspired poet can
+never feel that he is really “heart-intimate” with scenery, if it
+has for him no ties of tradition or folk-lore. When I was young, I
+felt this lack, and bore in patience the very common reproach of
+Europeans that we had a land without ancient legends or song. But
+now that I am older grown, I have learned that this want is all in
+our own ignorance and neglect of what we had only to put forth our
+hand to reach. We bewailed our wretched poverty when we had in our
+lap a casket full of treasure which we would not take the pains to
+open. Few indeed and far between are those who ever suspected till of
+late years that every hill and dale in New England had its romantic
+legend, its beautiful poem, or its marvellous myth--the latter
+equal in conception and form to those of the Edda--or that a vast
+collection of these traditions still survives in perfect preservation
+among the few remaining Indians of New England and the Northeast
+Coast, or the _Wabano_. This assertion is, I trust, verified by
+what is given in the Micmac tales by the late Rev. S. Rand, the
+collection made by Miss Abbey Alger of Boston, and my own “Algonquin
+Legends of New England,”[2] which I, _sit venia_, may mention was
+the first to appear of the series. And I venture to say from the
+deepest conviction that it will be no small occasion of astonishment
+and chagrin, a hundred years hence, when the last Algonkin Indian of
+the _Wabano_ shall have passed away, that so few among our literary
+or cultured folk cared enough to collect this connected aboriginal
+literature. Unto which I may truly add that, when such collection was
+made, there were far more critics to find fault with the way in which
+it was done, than persons to do it.
+
+A few of the poems contained in this volume have already appeared
+in prose form in the “Algonquin Legends of New England.” As these
+were in fact poetry, or chanted in rude measure, I had at first the
+intention to give them in English in their original form and to group
+all those referring to the divinity in an epic, as Lönnrot made the
+Finnish Kalevala, or Homer his own great works. This I have to a
+degree accomplished in the present volume.
+
+To render my meaning clear as to the legends having been poems, the
+reader may be aware that all rude races make no distinction between
+prose narrative and poetry. When an Indian, an Italian mountaineer,
+an Arab, and sometimes a Gypsy (I have had experience of all in this
+respect) would spin off some long romantic yarn, he either gives you
+a choice, or, more frequently, begins to intone or chant the tale in
+a manner which is something between plain-song and the singing of
+“Captain Kidd” in a northeaster by one who has no vocal gift. Then
+the voice falls into one or the other of two measures which I believe
+I have accurately followed in the present work. This primitive rhythm
+is quite irregular, following only a general cadence rather than
+observing any fixed number of beats in each line. I have endeavored
+to represent this peculiarity in the English version by not adhering
+too strictly to an unvarying measure. These Amerindian[3] metres are
+not all like that of Hiawatha, which is, however, quite in accord
+with the form of the Slavonic and Spanish romances.
+
+Although not entirely ignorant of Passamaquoddy, Penobscot and
+Micmac, I am not proficient therein and have chiefly based my work
+on very careful translations executed by others. Here, however, I
+avail myself of the assistance and authority of my _collaborateur_,
+J. Dyneley Prince, who as these pages witness, has seriously studied
+the eastern Algonkin dialects, especially the idiom of the Canadian
+Abenakis.
+
+A Penobscot woman once told me that it was _Klûskâbe_--she did not
+call him _Kulóskap_, as the Passamaquoddies do--who divided the great
+mountain of which Boston originally consisted into _three hills_. I
+have since learned from an authentic legend gathered by Miss Roma
+Lister that Virgil did the same at Rome. Here the seven hills were
+confused with three. Every reader of Scott will recall the great
+wizard Michael Scott, who was believed to have worked the same
+miracle:
+
+ “And, Warrior, I could say to thee
+ The word that cleft Eildon hills in three.”
+
+These coincidences are very remarkable. I regret that I have not the
+Penobscot song in which the division of the Boston hill is described,
+but I believe that it exists.
+
+The traditions and, to some extent, the languages and histories
+of the aboriginal tribes are quite as worthy of being taught at
+our universities to all who propose to become American scholars as
+many other branches which are endowed at great expense, and are a
+great source of pride. But the true value of work like this is,
+that the country will be if those who love it so desire, once more
+repeopled with the fairies of yore. Those who will may walk in the
+spirit-haunted paths, trodden in the early time by strange beings;
+the rocks will have their goblins again and the “Diana’s Bath,” as it
+is now styled, will be known by its ancient Indian name of “The Home
+of the Water Elves.”[4] It was Bryant, I think, who declared that
+the forest trees of New England were all the summer time repeating
+in Indian words “their old poetic legends to the wind,” and it is a
+tradition that there are ancient Indians who understand the language
+of Mūūin the Bear--wherein may lurk more truth than most would deem,
+according to the latest faith!--but these were unto all lost tongues,
+and the dreams were thinnest air. Now that it is indeed possible from
+these poems and such tales as have begun to reappear to see the forms
+of olden time once more. I venture to express the hope that all who
+love nature in New England will turn to the study of its folk-lore
+and thereby secure the final flash of gold on the mountain tops, the
+last touch in the picture of which I have spoken. When I was a boy
+my happiest hours were spent in the rural scenery of Massachusetts.
+Could I have had such books then, I could have enjoyed it all far
+more. Therefore, I wish with all my heart, and truly from no selfish
+point of view, that every lover of rock and river and greenwood tree
+would master these old Indian tales or poems, and see in all Nature
+new charms.
+
+ CHARLES GODFREY LELAND.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] Author of “Margaret” (illustrated beautifully by Felix Darley).
+
+[2] “The Algonquin Legends of New England,” by Charles G. Leland.
+Boston (Houghton, Mifflin & Co.), 1885.
+
+[3] Amerindian is a term invented and used by the Americanists of
+the Smithsonian Institution, to denote aboriginal American races and
+languages.
+
+[4] At the Intervale in the White Mountains, N. H., the Indian
+name for the spot known as “Diana’s Bath,” is _Wʾwagʾmeswuk wigît_
+(Passamaquoddy), “the fairies’ home.”
+
+
+
+
+ =Introduction=
+
+ BY
+ JOHN DYNELEY PRINCE
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+
+I became interested in Indian languages and lore at Bar Harbor, Me.,
+in 1887, chiefly through my able coadjutor. It was Mr. Leland’s
+important work, “The Algonquin Legends of New England” (Boston,
+1885), which inspired me to make my first investigations in this
+field. Mr. Leland was indeed the pioneer in examining the oral
+literature of the northeastern Algonkin tribes, a fact which few
+scholars seem to recognize. To him especially, as well as to the late
+Rev. Silas Rand of Nova Scotia and to Miss Abbey Alger of Boston,
+do we owe some highly valuable additions to our knowledge of early
+eastern Algonkin thought. My own researches have been devoted more to
+linguistic and phonetic investigations among the Canadian Abenakis
+than to comparative mythological study--in which, however, I feel a
+very deep interest. In the present work I have had the pleasant task
+of arranging and editing Mr. Leland’s material, to which I have added
+some of my own collections. Mr. Leland’s poems are indicated by the
+letter L and my contributions by the letter P.
+
+I gladly take this opportunity to express my gratitude to my friend,
+Mr. A. S. Gatschet of the Smithsonian Institution at Washington,
+for a great deal of valuable advice and instruction given to me
+at different times during my American researches. His extensive
+knowledge of Algonkin philology and folk-lore has always been most
+kindly placed at my disposal.
+
+The existing representatives of the Algonkin or Algic race may be
+separated linguistically into three great divisions: the Blackfeet
+of the extreme west, whose idiom differs most greatly from all
+the other dialects;[5] the Cree-Ojibwe of the middle west, which
+embraces a number of closely allied linguistic variations[6] and
+the Wabanaki races of the eastern coast, with whom the present work
+is concerned. It should be noted that the Algonkin languages, like
+all American idioms, are polysynthetic, i.e., either by means of
+prefixes and suffixes which were themselves separate words, or, by
+combining the radicals with other radicals, they build up words and
+often sentences from original radicals which, in all probability,
+were primitively monosyllabic. These original stems were in reality
+only indifferent themes which might be used practically in any sense,
+be it nominal or verbal. An excellent example of polysynthesis is
+seen in the combination _ndalagaʿkimzi Alsigontegok_, “I learned it
+at St. Francis” (Abenaki), which may be analyzed as follows: _n_,
+inseparable prefix of the first person, _dal_ the prepositional
+element “in” or “at” (cf. the separable post-position _tali_, “in”),
+√_agaʿkim_, the root “to learn, teach”--itself a reduplicated form
+of original √_kim_, “learn”--and, finally, -_zi_, the reflexive
+ending. _Alsigontegok_ is the locative case of _Alsigontegw_, “river
+of empty habitations,” the Abenaki name for the Indian village of
+St. Francis, near Pierreville. The termination -_tegw_, locative
+_tegok_, always means “river,” but cannot be used separately. If the
+reader will reflect that the entire linguistic structure is arranged
+on this plan, the immense physical difficulty of these idioms will be
+appreciated. On the other hand, the Algonkin languages, by reason of
+their very power to form these long idea-words, are admirably adapted
+for narration and song, however poor a medium they might be for
+modern business.
+
+Among the following poems and tales will be found selections taken
+from Passamaquoddies, Penobscots, Abenakis, Micmacs and Delawares,
+all of which tribes are members of the so-called Wabanaki branch of
+the Algonkin stock and are consequently nearly related in language
+and folk-lore. This term _Wabanaki_ or _Oñbanaki_ (Abenaki) means
+“land of the dawn or east,” and undoubtedly points to that section
+of country in which these people first established tribal relations.
+_Wabanaki_ (_Oñbanaki_) is also a common term for “a man from the
+east.”[7]
+
+The Passamaquoddy Indians of Pleasant Point, Me., numbering about
+five hundred in all, are identical with the Milicetes or Etchemins
+of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia. The name Passamaquoddy is a
+purely local term, meaning “spearers of pollock fish” (_peskátum_).
+The correct form is _Pestumokádyik_. These people are by far the
+most interesting remnant of the Wabanaki, as they still retain
+an unusually extensive oral literature, embracing love poems,
+legends, and historical tales of considerable value. It will be
+noticed, moreover, that, of the material given in the present
+work, that coming from the Passamaquoddy is by far the best from
+a literary point of view. I need only call the reader’s attention
+to the very remarkable song recording the attack of the squirrels
+on _Lappilatwan_, who dwelt in the birch tree, “ever sitting with
+his mouth open” (_wechkutonébit_), a song of which Mr. Leland gives
+a most charming version. I know no parallel to this in any other
+literature. The wonderful song of _Nipon_, the summer, and the truly
+tender legend of the loves of the Leaf and the Firebird will serve
+still further to illustrate the purity of Passamaquoddy thought and
+diction.
+
+The following brief historical sketch, taken from the manuscripts
+of the Passamaquoddy Louis Mitchell, will give some idea of the
+conditions which prevailed among the Wabanaki previous to the coming
+of the Europeans.
+
+“In former days the Wabanaki nation, the Indians called Megʾwek, or
+Mohawks, and other members of the Iroquoian Six Nations, were wont to
+wage bloody and unceasing war with one another. The Wabanaki nation
+consisted of five tribes: Passamaquoddies, Penobscots, Micmacs,
+Milicetes, and the tribe, now extinct, which formerly inhabited the
+banks of the Kennebec River. The bitterest foes of the Wabanaki were
+undoubtedly the Megʾwek or Mohawks, who on the slightest provocation
+would send bands to harry them and destroy their crops. The Mohawks
+invariably treated their prisoners with the most merciless severity,
+showing no pity even to the women and children. A favorite torture
+which they frequently practised was to build a large fire of hemlock
+coals, into the flames of which they drove their captives, compelling
+them to walk back and forth over the glowing embers until relieved by
+death. No case is on record where a brave of the Wabanaki succumbed
+to the fearful pain and begged for mercy. The warriors would always
+pace the fiery path with undaunted resolution and without uttering a
+sound, until nature put an end to their agony. Tortures of this sort
+were practised by all the tribes, but the Mohawks exceeded the others
+in cruelty.”
+
+“The cause of the strife was an hereditary dispute about hunting
+grounds. Besides the enmity which they nourished in common against
+the Six Nations, the Wabanaki had also internal disputes. Thus, the
+Penobscots were at feud with the Milicetes and the Micmacs with the
+Passamaquoddies.”
+
+“The first war between the last two tribes was brought about by
+the quarrel of two boys, sons of chiefs. On this occasion the
+Passamaquoddies were on a friendly visit to the Micmacs, during
+which the sons of the Passamaquoddy and Micmac chiefs went shooting
+together. They both shot at a white sable, killing the animal by
+their joint effort, but each lad claimed it as his game. Finally,
+the Passamaquoddy boy, becoming enraged, killed the son of the
+Micmac chief. The latter on hearing of the murder could think only
+of vengeance, and positively refused to listen to the Passamaquoddy
+chief’s attempt at reconciliation. The latter even offered the
+life of his own son who had been guilty of the murder, but all to
+no purpose. In consequence of this unfortunate occurrence, the
+celebrated ‘great war’ was then declared, which lasted many years.”
+
+“The Micmacs although more numerous than their enemies, were inferior
+warriors, so that the victory was always won (_sic!_) by the
+Passamaquoddies. So great was the hostile spirit that the two tribes
+fought whenever they met, paying no heed to the time of year. On one
+occasion, the Passamaquoddies went to Tlancowatik, thirty miles west
+of St. John, N. B., with a small party consisting principally of
+women and children, with the chief and a few braves. At this place
+they met a number of Micmacs on their way to Passamaquoddy Bay. The
+Micmac chief being a lover of fair play ordered his men to land on an
+island to await the coming of a messenger. The other chief sent word
+that on the following day ‘the boys would come out to play.’ As the
+Passamaquoddy chief had very few men able to bear arms, he made the
+women attire themselves like warriors so that from a distance they
+might be mistaken for men, and directed them to play on the beach
+shouting and laughing as if entirely fearless. The Micmac chief,
+deceived by this stratagem and being afraid, summoned his braves to
+council, and setting forth the disasters which had been caused by the
+long war advised a treaty of peace. This proposition was made to the
+Passamaquoddies who, wearied by the perpetual state of unrest, gladly
+acceded to the request. A general council was accordingly called, by
+which it was decided that ‘as long as the sun rises and sets, as
+long as the great lakes send their waters to the sea, so long should
+peace reign over the two tribes.’
+
+“The usual ceremonies for making peace were then observed, as
+follows: (1) a marriage was contracted between a brave of the
+challenging people and a maiden of the challenged people. This was
+regarded as a type of perpetual future good will. (2) A feast lasting
+two months was celebrated nightly; and (3) games of ball, canoe and
+foot races and other sports were carried on. After such ceremonies
+were over no breach of a treaty is on record, not even a single
+murder.”
+
+“After the great Micmac war was ended, the Passamaquoddies lived at
+peace except for occasional raids of Mohawks, but the latter finally
+received a blow from which they never recovered, the details of
+which are as follows: It was the custom of the Mohawks to make night
+attacks, and at one time, when the Passamaquoddies were at the head
+of Passamaquoddy Bay, the Mohawks approached the camp, which was
+called Quenasquamcook, with the purpose of utterly destroying it.
+On this occasion, however, they were seen by a Passamaquoddy brave
+whose people lay in ambush for them. It was the custom of chiefs to
+wear medallions of white wampum shells which were visible at a long
+distance, particularly in the moonlight. Picking out in this way
+the person of the Mohawk chief whose name was Lox (‘Wolverine’) the
+watching braves shot him first, owing to which calamity the Mohawks
+were thrown into confusion and fled. The Passamaquoddies followed
+them as soon as day broke, but the tracks were so scattered that
+they could not find the refugees. It was ascertained afterwards that
+the Mohawks had quarrelled among themselves, one party being in favor
+of making peace with the enemy, while another faction was strongly
+opposed to such a measure. The discussion of the question ended
+in a fierce combat. This was the final blow to the Mohawk cause,
+so that the nation ever afterward sought to be at peace with the
+Passamaquoddies.”
+
+“After this battle the Passamaquoddies were never again molested, but
+the Penobscot tribe was still at war with the Milicetes and Mohawks
+and, in fact, was nearly destroyed three times by their ruthless
+foes.”[8]
+
+After this period of intertribal enmity came the ratification of the
+Wampum Laws preserved in the so-called “Wampum Record,” part of which
+is given in the Appendix. This _Wababi Agʾnodmâgon_, as I received
+it, is really an historical account transmitted orally by elderly
+men whose memories had been especially trained for the purpose from
+early youth. The laws themselves are not given in my version. It
+was customary for these keepers of tribal history from time to time
+to instruct the younger members of their clan in the annals of the
+people. The Passamaquoddy accounts were kept in the memory of the
+historians by means of wampum shells arranged on strings in such a
+manner that certain combinations suggested certain sentences or ideas
+to the narrator or “reader” who, of course, already knew his record
+by heart and was merely aided by the association in his mind of the
+arrangement of the wampum beads with incidents or sentences in the
+tale, song, or ceremony which he was rendering. This explains such
+expressions as “marriage wampum” or “burial wampum,” which are common
+among the Passamaquoddies, and simply mean combinations of wampum
+which suggested to the initiated interpreter the ritual of the tribal
+marriage and burial ceremonies. Passamaquoddy tradition has it that
+the Wampum Records (i.e., the actual laws) were read ceremonially
+every year at Caughnawauga, the Iroquois headquarters.
+
+This custom of preserving records by means of a mnemonic system was
+peculiar to all the tribes of the Algonkin race as well as to the
+Iroquoian clans. Brinton refers to the record or tally sticks of the
+Crees and Chippeways as the “rude beginning of a system of mnemonic
+aids.” It seems to have been customary in early times to burn a
+mark or rude figure on a stick, suggestive of a sentence or idea.
+Brinton adds: “In later days, instead of burning the marks upon the
+stick, they were painted, the colors as well as the figures having
+certain conventional meanings. The sticks are described as about six
+inches in length, slender, although varying in shape, and tied up in
+bundles.” Among the more cultured tribes the sticks were eventually
+replaced by wooden tablets, on which the symbols were engraved with
+a sharp instrument, such as a flint or knife. The Passamaquoddies,
+however, appear never to have advanced beyond the use of wampum
+strings as mnemonic aids.
+
+I obtained the Wampum Records at Bar Harbor, Me., in 1887, from
+the Passamaquoddy Indian mentioned above by Mr. Leland, Mr.
+Louis Mitchell, who was at that time Indian member of the Maine
+Legislature. The manuscripts which he sent me contained both the
+Indian text and a translation into Indian-English, which I have
+rearranged in an idiom I trust somewhat more intelligible to the
+general reader.[9]
+
+The Penobscot Indians of Maine number at present not more than three
+hundred and fifty, most of whom are resident at the Indian village
+of Oldtown on Penobscot River, near Bangor. These people still speak
+a characteristic Algonkin language which bears more resemblance
+to the idiom of the Abenakis at St. Francis, near Pierreville,
+Quebec, than it does to that of the nearer Algonkin neighbors of the
+Penobscots, the Passamaquoddies. Moreover, a philological examination
+of Penobscot and Abenaki shows that both of these forms of Algonkin
+speech are sister dialects, which have sprung from a common original
+at a comparatively recent date.[10] It is well known that the
+Abenakis of Canada are the direct descendants (of course with some
+admixture of French and other blood) of the majority of the savages
+who escaped from the great battle of the Kennebec in Maine, where
+the English commander Bradford overthrew their tribe on December 3,
+1679. Many of the survivors at once fled to French Canada, where they
+settled themselves in their present village of St. Francis, near
+Pierreville, Quebec (_Alsigontegok_, “river of empty habitations”).
+Others again may have wandered into Canada at a slightly later date.
+There can be little doubt that the Indians now called Penobscots
+from their residence near the river of that name are the descendants
+of those of the early Abenakis who, instead of fleeing to French
+dominions, eventually submitted themselves to the victorious English.
+It is interesting to notice that the Canadian Abenakis are the only
+one of the Wabanaki clans which calls itself by the generic name
+(_Abenaki-Wabanaki_).
+
+The Micmacs are the easternmost and by far the most numerous of the
+Wabanaki remnants. They are to be found in various places in the
+Canadian provinces of Quebec, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Prince
+Edward’s Island, and Newfoundland. Their grade of intelligence is
+much lower than that of the other members of the same family, but
+they still have a vast store of folk-lore, legends, and poems which
+is perishing for want of interested collectors. Their language
+differs so greatly from the dialects of the Penobscots, Abenakis, and
+Passamaquoddies that the members of these clans always use English
+or French when communicating with their Micmac neighbors, while
+an intelligent Passamaquoddy can without difficulty understand a
+Penobscot or Abenaki, if the dialect is pronounced slowly.
+
+The story of the enforced westward wanderings of the ill-fated
+Delawares or Lenâpe has been told in detail by my late friend Dr.
+Brinton (“The Lenâpe and their Legends,” pp. 122–6).
+
+At the present day this famous tribe, whose three clans--the Minsi,
+the Unami, and the Unalachtigo--were once the dominant native race
+in Delaware, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and parts of New York State
+is represented by but a few bands living on scattered reservations,
+some in Indian Territory and some in Ontario, Canada. The Delawares
+of Indian Territory have quite lost their identity as a tribe of
+Indians, as they have been incorporated with the Cherokee Nation,
+by whose chief and council they are governed. The last recognized
+Delaware chief of this division of the tribe was Charles Jurney-cake,
+whose daughters are now married to white men. These Indians occupy
+lands in the Muskogee Agency, situated in the northwestern part of
+the Cherokee Nation. There are still about eight hundred Delawares in
+this region, all of whom moved to the Cherokee country from Kansas,
+in 1867. I am informed that a few members of the race linger on at
+New Westfield, near Ottawa, Kansas, most of whom are under the charge
+of the Moravian Church.
+
+In Ontario, Canada, there are only about three hundred in all; one
+hundred at Hagersville, on the Six Nations’ (Iroquois) Reserve (Chief
+Nelles Montour), one hundred at Munceytown, and the same number at
+Moraviantown, which is the seat of a Moravian mission. The Canadian
+Delawares are all Protestants, belonging, for the most part, either
+to the Church of England or to the Moravians.[11]
+
+Brinton (_op. cit._, pp. 91 ff.) has pointed out the chief
+differences between the two ancient dialects of the Lenâpe, viz.:
+the Unami-Unalachtigo and the Minsi. Of these, the Minsi is spoken
+by all the Canadian Delawares. In this connection, however, it
+is interesting to note that, in a letter to Dr. Brinton, dated
+Moraviantown, 1884, Chief Gottlieb Tobias states that three aged
+persons were then living who could still talk the other dialect. It
+is evident that most of the Delawares of Indian Territory use the
+Unami-Unalachtigo, since Chief Montour, of Hagersville, Ont., writes
+that, when he visited the Cherokee settlement of his race some years
+ago, he could only understand with difficulty the speech of his
+congeners resident there. On the other hand, he asserts that the
+Delawares near Ottawa, Kansas, use pure Minsi.
+
+Chief Montour is a highly intelligent and well educated Indian who
+takes a deep interest in the language and lore of his tribe. The
+Delaware witchcraft tale given in the following collection about the
+Muttóntoe was sent to me by him.
+
+The lore of the Maine and eastern Canadian Wabanaki may be said
+to center chiefly around the clown-like being known to the
+Passamaquoddies as Kulóskap and to the Penobscots as Klûskâbe. My
+coadjutor, Mr. Leland, has ably treated of the nature of this purely
+American creation in his Algonquin Legends, pp. 15–139. Kulóskap
+(Klûskâbe) is a god-man of truly Indian type who undoubtedly
+represents the principle of good, and particularly good nature,
+as opposed to his twin-brother Malsum the Wolf, who may be called
+the Ahrimân of the Wabanaki, although this is almost too dignified
+a term. It is highly interesting to notice that these twins were
+born from an unknown divine mother, the good Kulóskap in the natural
+manner, and the evil Wolf through the woman’s side, a method which
+he deliberately chose in order to kill his mother. The tendency of
+Kulóskap, in spite of his name, was essentially benevolent. Oddly
+enough Kulóskap means “the liar,” from a stem √_klûsk_, “lie” +
+_ap_, “a man, person, one who stands.” The stem appears in Penobscot
+only in compounds; cf. _klûskachemuwâgon_, “a lie falsehood.” This
+appellation, uncomplimentary as it sounds to our ears, was not really
+meant in this sense by the Indians. Kulóskap is called the deceiver,
+not because he deceives or injures man, but because he is clever
+enough to lead his enemies astray, the highest possible virtue to
+the early American mind. Kulóskap was at once the creator and friend
+of Man, and, strangely enough, he made the Indian (or Man; the terms
+are synonymous) from the ash tree. The following collection of
+songs, mostly from Micmac sources, bearing especially on the doings
+of Kulóskap, has been arranged by Mr. Leland and myself into a sort
+of epic embracing all the native lore known to us concerning this
+personage. The same culture-hero appears in the legends of the entire
+Algonkin family, although often under another name. In the present
+collection, to secure uniformity, the single name of Kulóskap has
+been used throughout.
+
+Wabanaki mythology was really pure Shamanism, seeing a spirit in
+every tree and waterfall, and a malignant or benevolent influence
+in many animals. Like most barbaric races, these people were also
+fervent believers in witchcraft, a superstition which still survives
+in the minds of many of the older Indians. Any missionary to the
+Passamaquoddies, or to their kindred, the New Brunswick Milicetes,
+the Penobscots of Oldtown, Me., or to the Micmacs and Abenakis
+of Quebec, will admit that belief in the ancient Shamanistic
+sorcery among these Indians has by no means died out. Among the
+Passamaquoddies and Milicetes particularly, there is still a perfect
+mine of material relating to the wizards and their power over other
+men and over the curious beings with which the Indians have peopled
+the mysterious forests of their country.
+
+In pre-Christian times the Passamaquoddies, like their other Algic
+kindred, were firm believers in the almost unlimited power of their
+_Mʾdeolinʾwuk_ or wizards, belief in the existence of many of whom
+still remains, subordinate, of course, to the Catholic doctrine,
+which nearly all the Indians profess--there being, I am informed,
+only three or four Protestant Passamaquoddy families.
+
+A few examples of these sorcerers’ power are described below in
+the curiously curt style of Algic narrative.[12] We see from these
+tales that the wizards could transform themselves into animals at
+will; that they could cast a spell or curse on an enemy, even though
+he might also be a _Mʾdeolin_; that they could violate the laws of
+nature so far as to walk in hard ground, sinking up to the ankles
+or knees at every step, and, finally--that they could communicate
+with each other telepathically. I need hardly comment on the first
+two and the fourth of these wonders, as they are common among all
+Shamanistic conjurers, but the third phenomenon, the power to sink
+into hard ground while walking, is, I believe, characteristically
+American. Rink states that this is not an unusual feat among the
+conjurers of the Greenland Eskimo, who frequently sink into rocky and
+frozen ground “as if in snow.” The trick is probably done by some
+peculiar way of stooping, or is merely suggested, possibly by means
+of hypnotic influence. Leland compares here, however, the Old Norse
+statements regarding their wizards, who occasionally sank into the
+ground and who had power to pass through earth with the same ease as
+through air or water (Algonquin Legends, p. 342). It would be hardly
+permissible to draw a parallel between the ancient Norsemen and the
+northern Indians on this account, as the case Leland cites is that of
+a conjurer who disappeared into the ground head downwards, when he
+was stabbed at by a foe. It should be noticed that in the following
+tale, my Passamaquoddy authority did not see the actual feat, but
+only the deep tracks of the wizard where he had sunk into the earth
+“the night before.”
+
+The anecdote of a cannibalistic feast is highly interesting. The
+wizards here eat their murdered comrade, evidently with the idea of
+absorbing into themselves some or all of his power. The cannibalistic
+orgies of the South Sea Islanders should be compared with this
+practice. For example, the Fijis and the New Zealand Maoris ate their
+enemies with the same object in view, viz., to become as brave as
+the fallen foe had been. All authorities tend to show, however, that
+cannibalism was extremely rare among the American races, and was only
+resorted to in isolated cases like the one here noted.
+
+In the Delaware tale given below, a similar instance of cannibalism
+is cited; only in this case, the wizard, who is evidently a being
+similar in nature to the Passamaquoddy _Kiwaʿkw_ or the Micmac
+_Chînu_, desires to devour a very old, worn-out man. I can only look
+upon this feature as a highly interesting relic from very primitive
+times, when it was probably not unusual to devour the aged, perhaps
+for a double purpose: both to get rid of them, as was the case until
+recently among the islanders of Tierra del Fuego, and also, perhaps,
+to absorb sacramentally into the living members of the family the
+essence of the dead parent, whose soul is thus prevented from
+becoming entirely extinct. The fact that a giant ghoul desires to
+eat the Delaware old man is, however, a distinctly Algonkin feature,
+quite in accord with the ideas prevalent among the Passamaquoddies,
+Penobscots and Micmacs regarding the _Kiwaʿkw-Chînu_.
+
+The Passamaquoddy tale given below of the _Kiwaʿkw_ or snow demon is
+one of a great number. The Algonkin Indian believed in many spirits,
+some benevolent like the _Wʾnagʾmeswuk_ or “little people,” who were
+wont to warn the tribesmen of impending danger; some neutral, like
+the wandering _Kiwaʿkw_ in this tale, or the _Chibelaʿkwe_, the
+tree sprite who sits in the crotch of the large branches; and some
+again distinctly malevolent, like the _Appodumken_ or spirit of the
+deep water, who lurks in the lakes to drag down the unwary swimmer.
+The _Kiwaʿkw_, however, as remarked above, was often an evil being.
+Compare also Leland’s wonderful tales of the _Chînu_ (Algonquin
+Legends, pp. 233 ff).
+
+The reader’s attention should be called at this point to the
+remarkable ideas prevalent among the Wabanaki regarding the
+cohabitation of women and serpents (see below, and also Leland, _op.
+cit._, pp. 268 ff). These may seem strange coming from a land where
+there are no ophidians large enough to warrant such a superstition.
+It is not impossible, however, that in these hideous tales we have
+some relic of far distant prehistoric days when huge serpents were
+not unknown. It should be added, moreover, that in every case of
+such sexual relations between snakes and man among the Wabanaki the
+serpent was always a wizard (_Mʾdeolin_) in disguise, a fact which
+shows that in the later superstition at least the unusual character
+of such monstrous serpents was fully appreciated.
+
+The following points should be noted with regard to the pronunciation
+of the Indian words herein given. The vowels have the Italian values,
+except that _ö_ = German _ö_ in _schön_. The apostrophe ʾ is a very
+short _u_-vowel. The consonants are equivalent to the same consonants
+in English, except that _ñ_ represents the French nasal _n_ in _mon_,
+and the final combination _kw_ or final _q_ must be uttered as a _k_
+followed by _w_ accompanied by a gentle indeterminate short vowel.
+The inverted apostrophe ʿ has the value of a softly breathed _h_.
+Thus _kiwâʿkw_ must be pronounced _kee-wah-kwᵘ_.
+
+As explained the name of the culture-hero is spelled _Kulóskap_
+for the sake of uniformity, but so far as possible, the Indian
+expressions used in the different stories have been kept in harmony
+with the original languages. The reason for this discrepancy lies in
+the fact that some of the Passamaquoddy and Micmac tales were related
+by Penobscots, who frequently inadvertently used their own forms. For
+the same reason, in some stories labelled as Micmac, Passamaquoddy
+words will occasionally be found. In every such case the Micmac tales
+came through a Passamaquoddy medium, who, whenever he was ignorant
+of the proper Micmac word, used the corresponding Passamaquoddy
+expression, but elsewhere employed Micmac words. The Indian
+headings to the stories are nearly all in Passamaquoddy because the
+_raconteurs_ generally began in this dialect, even when they broke
+into Micmac or Penobscot in continuing the tale in question. The
+Glossary explains every Indian word occurring in the midst of the
+English text.
+
+We present these selections from the still vast storehouse of
+Wabanaki lore, not to prove any preconceived theory as to their
+origin, or as to the origin of the eastern coast tribes themselves.
+No man can ever know now whence the Algonkin races came. Whether
+they with other peoples were emigrants from palaeolithic Europe,
+crossing by way of some long since vanished land-bridge, or whether
+they wandered into their present habitat from the western part of
+our own continent, having had their origin in pre-historic Asia,
+it is impossible to say and, in view of the absolute darkness in
+which we grope, all theories are futile. I cannot see a meaning in
+the word _Wabanaki_, “land of the dawn or east,” which points to any
+period further back than the time of these peoples’ first tribal
+centralization on the present eastern coast of North America.
+
+Let then our labor in this work suffice merely to present to the
+English-speaking public a few interesting and characteristic
+specimens of the traditions of a rapidly perishing race--a race which
+fifty years from now will have hardly a single living representative.
+
+ JOHN DYNELEY PRINCE.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[5] Cf. J. W. Tims, “Grammar and Dictionary of the Blackfoot
+Language,” London, 1889.
+
+[6] Cf. Horden, “Grammar of the Cree Language,” London, 1881; Wilson,
+“The Ojebway Language,” Toronto, 1874.
+
+[7] Cf. Prince, in _Misc. Linguistica Ascoliana_, Turin, 1901, p. 344.
+
+[8] See Prince, Annals N. Y. Academy of Sciences, XI., No. 15, pp.
+370–374.
+
+[9] See Prince, Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society,
+XXXVI., pp. 479 ff.
+
+[10] See Prince, American Anthropologist, IV., No. 1.
+
+[11] See Prince, American Journal of Philology, XXI., pp. 295, 296.
+
+[12] See also Prince, Proceedings of the American Philosophical
+Society, XXXVIII., pp. 181–189.
+
+
+
+
+ PART FIRST
+
+ =The Epic of Kulóskap=
+
+
+
+
+ =Canto First=
+
+ CREATION LEGENDS
+
+
+
+
+ I
+
+ THE BIRTH OF KULÓSKAP, THE LORD OF BEASTS AND MEN,
+ AND THE DEATH OF MALSUM THE WOLF
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Yut nit nʾkani akʾnodʾmâgon
+ Uch Kulóskap elaknotmotits piche._[13]
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ Wonderful traditions
+ Of the olden time;
+ Very old indeed,
+ Ere the world began:
+
+ The great lord Kulóskap
+ Who in after days
+ Was worshipped everywhere
+ By the Wabanaki
+ Or Children of the Dawn,
+ Was as yet unborn,
+ Living as a twin
+ With another named
+ Malsumsis--the Wolf.
+ Wolf, the lesser one,
+ As his brother was good
+ So was this one bad;
+ One, the Lord of Light,
+ One, of Darkness dire.
+
+ Now ere they were born,
+ The two a council held
+ That they might decide
+ How they would be born.
+ And Kulóskap said:
+ “I shall be content
+ If I may come to life
+ Even as others come.”
+ But Malsum, the Wolf,
+ Said: “Just as you will;
+ But I am too great
+ E’er to see the light
+ As common creatures do;
+ I will burst to light
+ Rending everything
+ E’en through death to life.”
+
+ So it came to pass
+ Kulóskap, the Lord,
+ Came in peace to light;
+ Malsum kept his word,
+ And the mother died.
+
+ So the two grew up,
+ Till one day the Wolf,
+ Who knew that both were given
+ Strange mysterious lives
+ Charmed ’gainst everything
+ Save one concealèd death,
+ Asked of the elder what
+ His hidden bane might be?
+
+ Then the wise Kulóskap
+ Thought how when he was born
+ Malsumsis in his pride
+ Had slain his mother;
+ And he said: “If Wolf knew
+ The secret of my life,
+ That life would soon be o’er.”
+ And therefore he agreed
+ To tell Malsum the Wolf
+ The secret of his death,
+ If he the younger born
+ Would tell him in return
+ The secret of his own.
+
+ Therefore the elder said,
+ To test his brother’s truth:
+ “The feather of an owl
+ Is the one thing on earth
+ Which e’er can end my life.”
+ In sooth, this was a lie
+ Although no evil one,
+ And yet from uttering it
+ Kulóskap got his name
+ Which means the Liar, or,
+ As Indians mean the word:
+ A wise and crafty man.
+
+ And then it came to pass
+ That in the after-days
+ Kwâbîtsis the son
+ Of the Great Beaver, or
+ As others tell the tale
+ Miʿko the squirrel, or else
+ The very devil himself
+ Who dwelt within his heart,
+ Tempted Malsum to slay
+ His brother Kulóskap;
+ For in those early days
+ All men were wicked--all
+ Lived but in evil deeds.
+
+ So Malsum took his bow
+ And, stealing through the woods
+ Into his dark retreat,
+ Shot Koʿkoʿkhas, the owl,
+ And with his feathers struck
+ Kulóskap while asleep.
+
+ Up leaped the Lord enraged,
+ Yet even in his wrath
+ He spoke right craftily:
+ “Thou ever evil One!
+ Thou murderer of all!
+ Know that no feather can
+ E’er take my life. ’Tis by
+ A pine-root and a blow
+ That I am doomed to die,
+ By that, and that alone.”
+
+ So on another day
+ When both together went
+ A-hunting in the woods
+ Kulóskap laid him down
+ To sleep upon the leaves
+ Where all was very still;
+ Then Malsum, ever bent
+ On evil and on death,
+ With a great pine-tree root
+ Smote with his giant strength
+ His brother on the head.
+ Up leapt the Lord again
+ Unharmèd as before,
+ And drove the Wolf away,
+ Away in bitter scorn,
+ Away into the woods.
+
+ Then sitting by a brook
+ He saw the flowering rush,
+ Or cat-tail, in the stream--
+ Of all the plants on earth
+ The weakest, softest thing--
+ And said unto himself,
+ Although he spoke aloud:
+ “What soul would ever dream
+ That in that plant abides
+ The secret of my death?”
+
+ The Beaver who lay hid
+ Deep down among the reeds.
+ Heard what the Lord had said,
+ And hastening to Malsumsis
+ Told him the whole. For this
+ Malsum had freely sworn
+ To give the Beaver aught
+ Or all that he might wish.
+
+ But when the Beaver asked
+ For wings, that he might fly
+ Even as pigeons do,
+ Malsum replied in scorn,
+ And laughing from his heart:
+ “Thou with a sorry tail
+ Like any rugged rasp,
+ What need hast _thou_ of wings!
+ Mud-scraper! Get thee gone!”
+
+ In a bitter rage
+ Forth the Beaver ran,
+ Ran by night and day,
+ Till he found the Lord,
+ Kulóskap the Wise,
+ Unto whom he told
+ All that he had done,
+ Sorrowing that he
+ Had so evil been,
+ Sorrowing that he
+ Had ever heard and told
+ The secret of his life.
+ Then in sorrow too,
+ And yet in anger grim,
+ Up the Lord arose,
+ Rose all in his might,
+ And plucking up a fern,
+ Sought in the deep dark wood
+ For Malsumsis the Wolf:
+ And having found him there
+ Smote him a single blow;
+ Down fell the demon dead.
+
+ Then Kulóskap sang a song,
+ Lamenting for the dead;
+ Though ever unto him
+ He had so evil been,
+ And as a bitter foe
+ Had sought to end his life;
+ Sung over him a song,
+ Then homewards went his way. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[13] This is an ancient story of Kulóskap which they told long ago.
+
+
+
+
+ II
+
+ THE CREATION OF MAN AND THE ANIMALS
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy and Micmac_]
+
+ _Kulóskap nitamk naga nit kʾchi pechies
+ Yut kilun kʾmʾt-kinansnok._[14]
+
+
+ Kulóskap was first,
+ First and greatest,
+ To come into our land--
+ Into Nova Scotia, Canada,
+ Into Maine, into Wabanaki,
+ The land of sunrise, or light.
+
+ There were no Indians like us,
+ Here in those early days;
+ Only far in the West
+ Lived red men strange and wild.
+
+ First born were the Miʿkumwessuk
+ The fairies of the forest,
+ The Wʾnâgʾmeswuk, elves,
+ The little men, dwellers in rocks.
+
+ Thus it was Kulóskap the Great
+ Made man: He took his arrows
+ And shot at a tree--the ash,
+ Known as the basket-tree.
+
+[Illustration: =The Creation of Man=]
+
+ From the hole made by the arrow
+ Came forth new forms, and these
+ Were the first of human kind.
+ And so the Lord gave them a name
+ Meaning “those born from trees.”
+
+ Kulóskap the Lord of Light
+ Made all the animals.
+ First, he created
+ All of giant size;
+ Such was the beginning.
+ Then he said to Teâm, the Moose,
+ Who was tall as the Kiwaʿkw,
+ The colossal giant of the mountain,
+ The awful king of the forest,
+ The lord of the roaring river:
+ “What wouldst thou do, Teâm,
+ Shouldst thou see man a-coming?”
+ Answered the monstrous Teâm,
+ “I would tear the trees down on him.”
+ Then the Lord Kulóskap
+ Saw that the Moose was too strong;
+ So he made him smaller and weaker
+ So that the Indians could kill him.
+
+ Even so with the Squirrel
+ Who was as large in those days
+ As the great wolf in our time;
+ “What would you do, Sâkskadu?”
+ Asked the Lord of Beasts and Men,
+ “If you should meet an Indian?”
+ “I would scratch up trees by their roots
+ That they might fall upon him.”
+ Answered the Squirrel undaunted.
+ “Thou also art far too strong,”
+ Replied the mighty Master;
+ So he smoothed him down in his hands,
+ And, as he was smoothed, the Squirrel
+ Grew ever smaller and smaller,
+ Till he was as we see him now.
+
+ Then he asked the Great White Bear:
+ “And thou, Kʾchî Mūʾūin!
+ What wouldst thou do if ever
+ A man should come in thy way?”
+ And the Bear replied: “I would eat him.”
+ Then the Master bade him go
+ And live among rocks and ice,
+ Very far away in the North,
+ Where he would see no Indians.
+ And there he is ever in snow.
+
+ So Kulóskap the Great,
+ Lord of all things that are,
+ Did question all the beasts,
+ Changing their size or strength,
+ Or measuring out their lives,
+ According to their answers.
+
+ He took the Loon for his hunter
+ To serve him as a dog;
+ But the Loon was often absent,
+ Not to be found when wanted;
+ So he took in his place two Wolves,
+ One black, the other white;
+ And these wild dogs are his messengers
+ Who bear to him tidings of all.
+
+ Many years ago,
+ Yet still within our time,
+ Very far to the North,
+ An Indian in his canoe
+ Was about to cross a bay
+ To a distant place;
+ When, just before he launched,
+ There came in haste a stranger
+ Followed by two great dogs,
+ Who asked to be taken over.
+ “You may come,” replied the Indian,
+ “Come over the bay and welcome,
+ But what will you do with your dogs?
+ For we cannot take them with us!”
+
+ The stranger replied, “They may go
+ Around by land and meet us.”
+ “That cannot be,” said the other,
+ “No dogs could run such a distance,
+ Not even in weeks of running.”
+ But as there was no answer
+ He paddled, saying nothing,
+ Over the bay to the landing,
+ And there the dogs were waiting!
+ But when he turned his head
+ He found the stranger had vanished,
+ And then he said to himself:
+ “Now have I seen Kulóskap,
+ The Lord of Beasts and Men.”
+
+ And yet at a later day
+ At a place afar in the North,
+ There were many Indians assembled
+ When there came a strange commotion.
+ The ground was heaving and rumbling,
+ The rocks were shaking and falling,
+ And even the boldest among them
+ Felt faint at heart with terror;
+ When lo, they saw before them
+ The Lord of all, Kulóskap!
+ And he said to them: “Lo, I am here,
+ And when you feel the ground
+ Trembling again as to-day,
+ Then know that I have returned.”
+ So it is that man will know
+ When the last great war shall be,
+ The war of the Final Day!
+ For then Kulóskap the Lord
+ Will make the plain and the mountains
+ Shake with an awful noise.
+
+ The Beaver had been the foe
+ Of the Lord in the beginning;
+ Hence it came that Kulóskap slew
+ Full many of the tribe.
+ Away up in the Tobaic
+ Are two salt water rocks--
+ That is, they stand by the ocean
+ Near a fresh water stream--
+ A spot which to the Beaver
+ Had ever been forbidden.
+ But one day when far away,
+ So far that none could see
+ Who had not the magic vision,
+ Kulóskap saw the Beaver
+ Defying his injunction,
+ And drinking from the stream.
+ Then with his might, in anger,
+ The god tore up a rock
+ And hurled it at the Beaver.
+ It was many leagues away,
+ The Beaver deftly dodged it--
+ Few beasts are so quick at dodging--
+ But when another boulder
+ Came after the first one, Kwâbît
+ Ran deep into a mountain
+ From which he came forth no more.
+ But the rocks which the Master threw,
+ And the mountain and the fountain,
+ Are shown unto this day;
+ And the Indians say in reverence;
+ “Kulóskap once was here!”
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[14] Kulóskap was the greatest one who ever came into our land.
+
+
+
+
+ III
+
+ THE ORIGIN OF THE RATTLESNAKES
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Ntʾladwewâgʾnuk aʿtosis yut the snake._[15]
+
+
+ You know Aʿtosis, the Snake?
+ Truly all snakes are evil,
+ But worst among them all
+ Is the Rattlesnake their master.
+ Well! In the olden time,
+ The Rattlesnakes were Indians,
+ And they were very saucy:
+ Men said they were all face,
+ And never could be frozen;
+ They could not be put down by much,
+ And they rose for very little.
+ When the Great Flood was coming,
+ Kulóskap the awful prophet,
+ Gave them full warning of it.
+ They answered, “They did not care.”
+ He told them that the water
+ Would rise o’er the heads of all;
+ They said, “Should this come to pass,
+ We shall all be very wet.”
+ He bade them be good and quiet,
+ And pray to escape from drowning;
+ They whooped and hurrahed to mock him.
+ He said, “The Great Flood is coming!”
+ They gave three cheers for the Flood.
+ Then he added, “’Twill drown you all!”
+ The Indians whooped again,
+ And got out all their rattles,
+ Which were made of turtle shell
+ Containing little pebbles,
+ And rattled with all their might
+ In a daring dance to the Flood.
+
+ Yes, ’twas a rattling dance!
+ The rain began to fall,
+ But the Indians danced on.
+ The thunder roared, and they answered
+ With rattles and with war-cries
+ The Indians danced on.
+ To the flash and crash of lightning
+ Amid the rising waters
+ The Indians danced on!
+
+ Then Kulóskap was angry
+ Yet in the rising flood
+ He did not drown a soul,
+ But for their arrogance
+ Changed all to serpent form--
+ That of the Rattlesnake,
+ Which crawls about the rocks,
+ And so unto this day,
+ Whene’er they see a man,
+ They lift their heads and hiss;
+ And move them up and down--
+ That is the way snakes dance,
+ Shaking their rattles, too,
+ As we do when we dance.
+ How do you like the sound? L.
+
+[Illustration: =The Origin of the Rattlesnakes=]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[15] In my language _aʿtosis_ is the snake.
+
+
+
+
+ IV
+
+ HOW KULÓSKAP NAMED THE ANIMALS, AND DISCOVERED
+ THAT MAN WAS THE LORD OF THEM ALL
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Wut ktagʾnodʾmul uch Kulóskap._[16]
+
+
+ This is an ancient tale of the Lord,
+ Told ’mid the tales of the spirit time,
+ How the Master of Beasts and Men
+ Was born in the Sunrise land,
+ The land of the Wabanaki;
+ Though other traditions tell
+ That he came from across the ocean
+ In a great stone canoe,
+ A barque which was all of granite,
+ Covered with trees for masts.
+ When the great Lord of All,
+ The Chief of Beasts and Men,
+ Descended from this ark,
+ He went into the land
+ Of the Wabanaki,
+ The children of the Light;
+ And calling all the Beasts
+ Gave unto each a name:
+ Unto the Bear, Mūūin;
+ And as he gave it, asked:
+ “Oh Bear, what would’st thou do,
+ If thou should’st meet a man?”
+ To which Mūūin replied
+ Simply and honestly:
+ “I fear him and should run.”
+ “Well spoken,” said the Lord,
+ “Man should be feared by all.”
+
+ Now at that time, Miʿko,
+ The Squirrel, was as great,
+ Or, some say, far more great
+ Than even the Northern Bear;
+ So the Lord Kulóskap
+ Took Miʿko ’neath his hands,
+ And softly smoothed him down;
+ And as he felt the touch
+ Miʿko grew less and less,
+ And dwindled until he
+ Was what we see him now.
+ Howbeit in later days,
+ Miʿko was Kulóskap’s dog,
+ And, when the Master willed,
+ He oft grew large again
+ Touched by the Master’s hand,
+ And slew his fiercest foes.
+ But, being asked what he
+ Would do if chased by Man,
+ Miʿko at once exclaimed:
+ “I would climb up a tree
+ As fast as legs could run.”
+
+ “Well answered,” said the Lord,
+ “And therefore, I ordain
+ That from this day henceforth
+ Thou and thy kind at large
+ Shall ever dwell in trees.”
+
+ The Moose was standing by,
+ Intently looking on,
+ With great, soft, staring eyes,
+ Attending to it all
+ With deepest interest.
+ Calling then Kchi Mūs,
+ Big Moose, the Master said:
+ “But say what would’st thou do
+ If thou should’st meet with Man?”
+ “In faith,” replied Kchi Mūs,
+ “I’d canter through the woods
+ Fast as my legs would fly.”
+ “Well spoken,” said the god,
+ “So shalt thou ever live
+ In shade and forests wild.”
+
+ The Beaver being asked
+ What he would do, replied
+ That he would seek a stream
+ Ere he would face mankind.
+ So the great Lord perceived
+ That of all creatures born
+ Who walked upon the earth
+ The first and best was Man. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[16] This I will tell you about Kulóskap.
+
+
+
+
+ =Canto Second=
+
+ THE MASTER’S KINDNESS TO MAN
+
+
+
+
+ I
+
+ WHAT KULÓSKAP DID FOR THE INDIANS
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Piche mesogw Kulóskap nemiquosikw._[17]
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ In the very olden time
+ Before Kulóskap the Master,
+ The Lord of Beasts and Men,
+ Had come into the world,
+ Or man was by him instructed,
+ All lived in wonderful darkness;
+ Men could not even see
+ To slay their enemies;
+ But the Lord brought light unto them,
+ The daybreak and the dawn.
+ Therefore, for this his people
+ Are known as the Wabanaki,
+ The Men of the Early Dawn.
+
+ And many a thing he taught them:
+ The noble art of hunting,
+ How to build huts and canoes,
+ And weirs to catch the fishes,
+ And how to trap the beaver,
+ And net the shad and salmon.
+ Before he came they knew not
+ How to make nets or weapons;
+ Then he, the Mighty Master,
+ Showed them the hidden virtues
+ Of plants and roots and blossoms,
+ And all the herbs which Indians
+ Could use for any purpose;
+ And also every creature,
+ Beasts, birds, and all the fishes,
+ All things which could be eaten
+ Or serve for joy to man.
+
+ Then, pointing to the heaven,
+ He taught the names of the stars,
+ With all the wonderful stories,
+ The very old traditions,
+ Of all that the planets had been.
+
+ He greatly loved mankind,
+ And wherever he might be,
+ Though afar in the wilderness,
+ He never was far away,
+ Away from his Indian children.
+ He dwelt in a lonely land,
+ But whoever went to seek him
+ The Master ever found. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[17] Long ago before Kulóskap was seen.
+
+
+
+
+ II
+
+ HOW KULÓSKAP GRANTED GIFTS AND FAVORS TO MANY INDIANS
+
+ [_Micmac and Passamaquoddy_]
+
+
+ Long ere Kulóskap the Master
+ Had left the land and his people,
+ And before he had ceased to wander
+ In the ways of man, he called
+ The loons his faithful servants,
+ And bade them make it known
+ That for many years to come
+ He would still remain on earth,
+ And that whoever would seek him
+ Might have one wish full granted,
+ Whatever that wish might be.
+
+ Although the journey was long
+ And the trials were terrible
+ Which all must endure who would find
+ The Lord of Men and Beasts,
+ There were many who ventured on
+ The wonderful pilgrimage.
+ Now you may hear what happened
+ To several of these seekers,
+ Even as I heard the tales
+ From a Passamaquoddy _Sénap_.
+
+ When all the land had heard
+ That the Master would grant a wish
+ To any who would seek him,
+ Three Indians resolved
+ That they would try this thing.
+ One was a Milicete
+ Who came from near St. John,
+ And the other two were Penobscots
+ From Oldtown, that is in Maine.
+ And they went upon the journey
+ And found that the path was long,
+ And the way was very hard;
+ Their sufferings were great,
+ It was well nigh seven years
+ Before they saw the Lord.
+ But while it was yet three months
+ Ere they came unto his dwelling,
+ They heard the bark of his dogs,
+ And, as day by day they drew nearer
+ The sound grew louder and louder,
+ Till after many trials
+ Led by the bay of the hounds
+ They found the mighty one,
+ The Lord of Men and Beasts,
+ And he made them very welcome
+ And entertained them all.
+
+ Then in due time he asked them
+ What was it they desired.
+ And then the first replied--An
+ honest simple man
+ Who was of but little account
+ Among the Indian people
+ Because he hunted badly--
+ He prayed that he might excel
+ In killing or catching game;
+ Then the Master gave him a flute,
+ Or the magic pipe which pleases
+ The ear of everyone,
+ And has the power to bring
+ By wonderful fascination
+ All animals to that piper
+ Who plays it in their haunts.
+ He thanked the Lord and left.
+
+ [Illustration:
+ But, smiling anew, he gave him
+ A bag which was tightly tied.]
+
+ Now the second of the three,
+ A reckless amorous youth
+ Yet who never could succeed
+ In winning women’s love,
+ When asked what he would have
+ Said: “I would win my way
+ To many maidens’ hearts!”
+ And being questioned, “How many?”
+ Replied, “I would know no limit.
+ Let there be only enough,
+ And more than enough beside.”
+ Thereat the Master frowned,
+ But, smiling anew, he gave him
+ A bag which was tightly tied,
+ And said to him, “Do not open
+ Till you shall have reached your home.”
+ So he thanked the Lord and left.
+
+ Now the third who had come with these
+ Was a gay and handsome youth,
+ Yet very foolish withal
+ Since he cared for nothing whatever
+ Save to make the Indians laugh,
+ And to cut a figure with jests
+ At every gathering.
+ He, being asked what he sought,
+ Replied that he fain would have
+ The power to make a sound
+ Which when uttered would startle all,
+ And make them laugh indeed
+ As they never had laughed before.
+ This was a wondrous cry
+ Which the sorcerers of yore
+ Uttered to gladden hearts,
+ But now that the art is lost.
+ That is indeed the cause
+ That our times are so sorrowful,
+ Since that magic, merry cry
+ Is heard no more in the land.
+
+ And unto him likewise
+ The Master was truly kind
+ Sending Marten into the woods
+ To seek for a certain root
+ Which, when eaten by any one,
+ Conferred the mystic power
+ Of making the wondrous sound.
+ But when it was bestowed
+ He was warned not to touch
+ The root till he reached his home.
+
+ It had taken them seven years
+ To reach the Master’s lodge,
+ But seven days were enough
+ To tread the path to their huts--
+ That is, for him who got there,
+ For indeed there was only one,
+ And that was the hunter, who
+ With his marvellous pipe in his pocket,
+ And never a care in his heart,
+ Trudged on well satisfied
+ To think that all his life
+ He never should want a joint
+ Of venison in his cabin
+ Or a bear-skin to lie upon,
+ As indeed he never did.
+
+ Now the one who so loved women
+ And never had won a wife,
+ Was wild with wistfulness
+ And great anxiety.
+ Therefore he could not wait,
+ And he had not gone very far
+ Into the woods, ere he
+ Sat down and opened the bag.
+ There was a whirr as of wings
+ And they came flying forth
+ By hundreds round his head
+ Like beautiful white doves
+ Swarming all about--
+ Wonderful lovely girls
+ With large black burning eyes,
+ And torrents of flowing hair.
+ Wild with passion the witches
+ Threw their fair arms around him
+ And kissed him as he responded
+ To their ardent, fond embraces.
+ But ever more and more
+ They came, more glowing with love,
+ Till he bade them give way for a space,
+ Till he bade them let him be;
+ But they only pressed the more.
+ So, panting, crying for breath,
+ And smothered in love, he died,
+ And those who came that way
+ Found him a silent corpse,
+ But what became of the witches
+ Kulóskap only can tell!
+
+ Now the third went merrily on,
+ Tramping along through the woods,
+ When it flashed upon his mind
+ In an instant, that Kulóskap
+ Had bestowed on him a gift;
+ And, without the slightest heed
+ To what the Master had said
+ Of waiting till he got home,
+ He took out the magic root
+ And ate it, then and there;
+ When all at once he found
+ He could utter the magic cry
+ Which startles all who hear it,
+ Inspiring them to joy
+ And making them laugh aloud;
+ Then, as it rang afar
+ O’er many a forest dale
+ Waking the ringing echo
+ Of the far-distant hill,
+ Until it was answered by
+ A solemn snowy owl,
+ He felt that he had won
+ A wondrous power indeed;
+ So he walked gayly on
+ O’er many a hill and dale,
+ Whistling or trumpeting
+ As happy as a bird.
+
+ But he ere long began
+ To weary of himself,
+ When, seeing in a glade
+ A deer, he bent his bow;
+ When, just as he would shoot,
+ The wild unearthly sound
+ Broke out, despite himself,
+ Even like a demon warble,
+ The deer took flight and fled;
+ And the young man cursed aloud!
+
+ And when he reached the town
+ Half dead with hunger, he
+ Indeed was little worth
+ To make the others laugh,
+ Though for a time he did,
+ Which somewhat cheered his heart,
+ But, as the days went on,
+ They wearied of the sound,
+ And, when they saw him come,
+ Turned off another way;
+ Which vexed him to the heart,
+ So that one day he went
+ Alone into the woods
+ And there he slew himself.
+
+ The dark and evil demon,
+ The sprite of the night-air,
+ Pʾmûla named by some,
+ From whom the gift had come,
+ Swooped down from clouds on high,
+ And bore his soul away
+ To the dwelling place of darkness
+ And men heard of him no more.
+
+ Now ’tis a thing well known
+ To all the Indians
+ Who keep the holy faith
+ Of the good olden time,
+ That there are wondrous dwellers
+ Deep in the silent woods,
+ Such as the elves and fairies
+ Who are called by different names;
+ In Micmac Wigŭladŭmūchŭk
+ But by the Passamaquoddy
+ Wʾnâgʾméswuk. They
+ Can work strange deeds and sing
+ Such songs of magic power
+ As charm the wildest beasts
+ And tame the wolf and bear
+ And soothe the wolverine.
+ From them and them alone
+ Are brought the magic pipes,
+ Or flutes, which sometimes pass
+ To sorcerers or great braves.
+ When these are played upon
+ Women who hear the tone
+ Are all bewitched with love,
+ And the moose and caribou
+ Follow the winning sound,
+ Yes, even to their death;
+ And when the forest elves
+ Are pleased with anyone
+ They make of him an elf
+ E’en like unto themselves.
+
+ Back in the olden time
+ There was an Indian town
+ In which dwelt two young men,
+ Kekwâjû the Badger,
+ And the other Kâktugwââsis,
+ The Little Thunder. They
+ Chanced to hear that Kulóskap
+ Would give to anyone
+ Whatever he desired:
+
+ And so they went their way
+ On the long pilgrimage
+ For many years, until
+ They reached the wondrous isle
+ Where the great Master dwelt,
+ Where first they met Dame Bear,
+ Then Marten, and at last
+ The mighty Lord himself
+ Who welcomed them with grace.
+
+ Then all sat down to a meal,
+ But all that was placed before them
+ Was one small dish of meat,
+ A very tiny morsel.
+ Then the elder of the pilgrims,
+ A reckless jolly fellow,
+ Thinking it was a joke
+ And that he was mocked for sport,
+ Cut off nearly all the meat,
+ And ate it. Then what was left
+ Grew at once to its former size;
+ So it went on, and all
+ Ate all that they desired,
+ And found the food of the best,
+ And when the meal was over
+ The dish was as full as before.
+
+ Now of these two, the Badger
+ Had set his heart on becoming
+ A wigʾladʾmûch or fairy,
+ Which would give him magic power
+ While the other wished to win
+ A very beautiful girl,
+ The daughter of a chief,
+ A most powerful Sagamore,
+ Who set such cruel tasks
+ To all who came to woo her
+ That all who had made the trial
+ Thus far had come to their deaths.
+
+ Then the Master took the Badger
+ Who sought initiation
+ Into the occult art,
+ And by a wondrous trick
+ Covered him all with filth
+ And put him to utter shame
+ Then led him down to the river
+ Where he washed him clean, and gave him
+ A beautiful change of clothing.
+ And, combing his hair, placed on it
+ A fillet of wondrous virtue;
+ For when he had bound it on
+ He became a wigʾladʾmûch
+ A fairy and enchanter,
+ No longer a common mortal,
+ But one of the elfin world.[18]
+
+ And as he wished to excel
+ In magic song and music,
+ The Master gave him a flute,
+ Which would charm all living beings;
+ And, singing, he bade him join
+ In the air, and as he did so,
+ He found he knew all the art;
+ And from that day, thereafter,
+ He had a wondrous voice.
+
+ Now to seek the beautiful girl
+ It was needful that the lover
+ Should sail far over the sea;
+ And during this adventure
+ The Būʾūin or magician
+ Was charged to take all care
+ Of Kâktugwââs, the Thunder;
+ And therefore he begged the Master
+ To lend him his canoe,
+ To which Kulóskap answered,
+ “I will gladly lend it to thee
+ If thou’lt honestly return it
+ When thou needest it no more.
+ For I tell thee in very truth
+ I never yet did intrust it
+ To any mortal man
+ But what in the end I had to
+ Go after it myself.”
+
+ Then the Badger solemnly swore
+ That, as he was an honest Indian,
+ He would, when the need was over,
+ Indeed return the canoe.
+ For never in all his life
+ Had he stolen any _Kwédŭn_
+ (Canoe) nor borrowed anything
+ Without returning it promptly.
+
+ But when they came to the bay
+ There was no canoe to be seen,
+ But not very far away,
+ There arose a little island
+ Of granite which was covered
+ With pine-trees, tall and waving.
+ “See--that is my canoe!”
+ The Master said to them smiling,
+ And when he took them on it
+ They found that it was indeed
+ A great and large canoe
+ With lofty masts, and sails--
+ So the two went forth rejoicing.
+
+ Then they sailed on and came
+ To a large and beautiful island
+ Where they carefully hid the canoe.
+ Ere long they came to a village
+ That of the Sagamore,
+ The father of the girl
+ For whom many had lost their lives.
+ And, having come to his wigwam,
+ They entered and were welcomed
+ And placed on the seat of honor,
+ And sat at the evening meal.
+ Now ’tis of old the custom
+ When an Indian seeks a wife,
+ Be it from her father or friends,
+ He makes small ado about it,
+ And only utters two words
+ Which mean in the Micmac language:
+ “I am tired of living alone.”
+
+ And the Sagamore hearing this,
+ Consented that Little Thunder
+ Should marry her whom he sought,
+ But on several conditions--
+ The first that he should slay
+ And bring to him the head
+ Of a certain horrible monster,
+ Like to a wingless dragon,
+ The dreadful and horned Chipíchkâm.
+ So this was agreed upon,
+ Then the strangers went to their cabin
+ And all the world to sleep.
+
+ All save the wise Būʾūin
+ Who soon arose from his bed,
+ And went alone and afar,
+ Till he came to the den of the monster
+ In a gaping gulf in the ground.
+ Over the hole he laid
+ A mighty log, and began
+ The magic dance round the den;
+ Then the serpent or great Chipíchkâm,
+ Hearing the call, came forth,
+ Putting out his head from the hole,
+ And weaving it about
+ After the manner of snakes.
+ While he was doing this,
+ He rested his head for an instant
+ On the over-arching log,
+ When, with a blow of his hatchet
+ The Indian severed the neck;
+ Then, taking the head by one
+ Of its shining yellow horns,
+ He bore it to his friend
+ Who gave it in the morning
+ Unto the chief, who said:
+ “This time I fear indeed,
+ That I must lose my child,
+ Yet thou hast more to do.”
+
+ More indeed, for the chief
+ Said, “Look at yonder hill,
+ I fain would see my son
+ Coast down it on a sled.”
+ Now the hill was indeed a mountain.
+ Its sides were very steep,
+ Ragged with rocks and holes
+ And terrible with trees
+ And rough with snow and ice.
+
+ Then they brought out two toboggans,
+ One for the strangers. This
+ The Badger should direct;
+ While on the other sat
+ Two great and powerful men,
+ And these were Būʾūinuk
+ Or sorcerers who were skilled
+ In sledding, and they hoped
+ To see the others soon
+ Fall out upon the ground,
+ And then to run over them.
+
+ And at the word they went
+ Flying at fearful speed
+ Adown the mountain side,
+ And ever faster still
+ As if to headlong death.
+ Soon he who sought the girl
+ Went whirling from his sled,
+ And the two sorcerers howled
+ In triumph an hurrah!
+ For they knew not that this was done
+ By their enemy that he
+ Might get them before his sledge.
+ Then he put forth his arm,
+ And seizing the younger man
+ Turned for a pace aside,
+ And then again shot on.
+ Then the sorcerers stopped,
+ Thinking that those before
+ Were checked and at an end;
+ When lo! their enemy
+ In his sled shot over their heads,
+ And over a mighty wall
+ Of ice, as a bird might fly
+ High above all in the air;
+ Then, touching the ground once more,
+ Ran with tremendous speed,
+ First down into the vale,
+ Then up, and ever up
+ Upon the opposite hill
+ Where the village stood, till it struck
+ The wigwam of the chief,
+ Ripping it all in two.
+ Again the Sagamore said:
+ “This time I fear indeed
+ That I must lose my child:
+ Yet thou hast more to do!”
+
+ Yes, and far more to do:
+ For then the Sagamore said:
+ “I have a runner here,
+ A man so fleet of foot
+ That never in his life
+ Has he been overcome,
+ And thou must strive with him
+ And gain the victory
+ Ere thou canst win thy wife.”
+ So then the race was set,
+ And Thunder should compete,
+ But at the time his friend
+ Lent him the magic pipe
+ Which gave him wondrous power
+ Over all dark sorcery
+ Such as Būʾūinuk use
+ And witches dark and vile.
+
+ Now when the pair had met
+ The youth said: “Who art thou?”
+ And the sorcerer replied:
+ “I am the Wegaduskʾ;”
+ Which means the Northern Lights,
+ “But tell me who art thou?”
+ “I am Wosogwoesk,
+ Chain-lightning is my name,”
+ The Thunder answering said.
+ And, as the race was run
+ All in the early morn,
+ Then in an instant both
+ No longer were in sight.
+ They were far, far away
+ Beyond the distant hills;
+ Then, waiting, all sat still,
+ Till long before the noon
+ Chain-lightning came again;
+ He showed no weariness,
+ Nor was he out of breath,
+ Yet had gone through the world.
+ Then all sat still again
+ Till evening, when they saw
+ The Northern Light return
+ Completely, sadly tired;
+ He quivered and he shook
+ As beaten by fatigue,
+ Yet for all that the Light
+ Had not been through the world,
+ For, coming to the south,
+ The heat had sent him home.
+ Again the Sagamore said,
+ “This time I fear again
+ That I must lose my child,
+ Yet thou hast more to do.”
+
+ The Sagamore had a man
+ Whom none could overcome
+ In swimming of all kinds,
+ Or diving in the sea;
+ With him the youth must strive.
+ And when they met, the Badger
+ Asked him, “What is thy name?”
+ And he replied, “I am
+ Ukchigʾmûech (Sea Duck),
+ But tell me who art thou?”
+ He answerèd “The Kwîmû,”
+ That is, “the Loon,” and then
+ They dived from a high rock
+ Deep down into the sea.
+ Ere long the Sea Duck rose
+ Again to get his breath,
+ But long the Indians
+ Waited and watched until
+ They saw the Loon again.
+ An hour passed, and then
+ Another hour, before
+ He rose from the deep sea.
+ But when at last he came,
+ The Sagamore sadly said,
+ “This is the end of all
+ Our weary work, for now,
+ I have truly lost my child!”
+
+ Yet it was not the end
+ Of all the curious deeds
+ Which they beheld, before
+ The strangers took their leave.
+ For, when the wedding came
+ In the evening of that day,
+ There was a general dance,
+ A wild festivity,
+ At which the wizard bold
+ Astonished every one;
+ For as he danced around
+ On the hard beaten floor,
+ They saw his feet sink in
+ Deeper at every step,
+ And ever deeper still
+ As the strange dance went on,
+ Still ploughing up the ground
+ In ridges rough and high,
+ Forming a trench, until
+ His head and nothing more
+ Could from without be seen.
+ That ended all the dance,
+ Since no one after him
+ Save wizards or a witch
+ Could dance on such a floor.
+
+ The bridegroom and the bride,
+ With them the wizard bold,
+ Then entered the canoe
+ And sailed away toward home;
+ Yet they had more to meet,
+ And trials to endure,
+ Though of no dangerous kind;
+ ’Tis said they were but jests
+ Played by the Master’s skill.
+ For they had not gone far,
+ When right before their path
+ They saw an awful storm
+ Coming to meet them. He
+ Who had the elfin power
+ Knew that it had been raised
+ By sorcery, because
+ The tempests which are due
+ To hidden magic power
+ Are ever worst of all.
+ So without fear he rose
+ And sang the sorcerer’s song,
+ And, filling lungs and cheeks
+ With air, he blew against
+ The rising hurricane,
+ Wind against wind until
+ He blew the wind away,
+ Then all the mighty flood
+ Was smooth as smooth could be:
+
+ So they sailed ever on
+ Over a sunlit sea,
+ And yet it was not long
+ Ere the elf-gifted one
+ Saw rising ’mid the waves
+ A dark and curious form,
+ That of a monstrous beast
+ Fast-coming as a foe,
+ And then they knew it was
+ The Giant Beaver, called
+ Kwâbît, in fearful rage;
+ But when the mighty one
+ Saw this, he sailed direct
+ Even at the monster’s jaws,
+ And, coming to him, said:
+ “Lo, I am the great foe
+ Of all thy race and called
+ The Beaver-Hunter; I,
+ Am he who butchers them;
+ Full many a one ere now
+ Has perished by my hand.”[19]
+ Kwâbît had placed himself
+ Under the water, with
+ His tail upraised above
+ The level of the waves,
+ That he might sink the barque
+ With one tremendous blow,
+ As is the Beaver’s way;
+ But he of magic power
+ With well directed stroke
+ Of the _tumîhîgʾn_, or
+ His tomahawk, then cut
+ The body from the tail,
+ Leaving the Beaver dead;
+ Then blithely sailed away.
+
+ Yet had they not gone far
+ When coming round a point
+ They saw another beast,
+ Also of giant size,
+ Waiting to be their death;
+ Abúkchelû the Skunk,
+ A thing which many dread
+ More than a raging wolf;
+ And he, too, had his tail
+ Uplifted in the air;
+ But, ere the brute could make
+ His hideous attack,
+ The wary gifted one
+ Caught up his hunting spear,
+ And, hurling it with haste,
+ So pierced Abúkchelû,
+ That father of the skunks,
+ That down he fell and died.
+ Thrice did he kick in pain
+ Before he passed away.
+ So then the gifted one,
+ Stepping upon the shore,
+ Took up a long dead pine
+ Which lay upon the shore,
+ And, as he stuck its point
+ Into Abúkchelû,
+ Lifted him high in air,
+ And, fastening the tree
+ Firmly into the ground,
+ Left him, and said with scorn,
+ Even as he turned away;
+ “Just show your tail now, there!”
+
+ And ever they sailed on
+ Over the silver sea,
+ O’er blue and dancing waves,
+ Till home they came with joy,
+ And at the landing place
+ They saw the Master stand;
+ And his first words were, “Well!
+ I see, my friends, that you
+ Have brought me my canoe
+ All safely back again.”
+ And they replied, “We have.”
+ And gayly he inquired
+ “Has all gone well with you?”
+ And when he thus had said,
+ He laughed and let them know
+ ’Twas he in all their trials
+ And triumphs who had worked
+ And brought it all to pass.
+
+ Then to the gifted one
+ He said, “Now go in peace
+ Thy way with these thy friends;
+ Lead ever happy lives
+ There in the elfin world
+ Deep in the forest-shades,
+ Far in the silent land
+ Of flowers and mystery.
+ But of this thing be sure,
+ If any care should come
+ Unto you, think of me
+ And I will give you aid.”
+
+ They rose and went their way.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[18] All of this corresponds accurately to the ancient Greek and
+Roman initiation to the Mysteries, in which the hair-string or fillet
+played a prominent part. L.
+
+[19] This is oddly like the declaration of the Beaver Killer in The
+Hunting of the Snark, in fact, it is almost identical with it. But
+the Rand MS. in which it occurs was written many years before the
+latter work appeared.
+
+
+
+
+ III
+
+ KULÓSKAP AND THE FOOL
+
+ [_Micmac_]
+
+ _Kes saak: Nigumaach ut
+ Agunudumâkun Klûskâbel._[20]
+
+
+ “Of the old times the tale is,
+ A story of Kulóskap,”
+ Unto whom there went full many
+ When they heard that all could have
+ Whatever they desired;
+ And truly he gave them all
+ Whate’er it was they asked for,
+ But whether they got their wish
+ Depended on the wisdom
+ Which they showed when it was won.
+
+ Now the Master liked it not
+ If, when he had plainly told
+ What it was that one must do,
+ That man should double on him
+ Or quibble, or disobey.
+ So then it came to pass
+ That a certain fool of the kind
+ Who never can do aught
+ Without a twist or a turn
+ In his own peculiar way,
+ Went a long journey to ask
+ A favor of the Lord.
+ His trials were many and sore;
+ He came unto a chain
+ Of mountains exceeding high,
+ In a dark and lonely land
+ Wherein no sound was heard;
+ And the ascent was hard
+ As climbing a slippery pole.
+ And the going down
+ Or descent on the other side
+ Was more ungrateful still,
+ For ’twas all a precipice
+ With broken, crumbly edge
+ Which overhung a gulf;
+ Yet it was worse beyond.
+ For there the road led on
+ Between the hideous heads
+ Of two great serpents, which
+ Did almost touch their lips,
+ And darted terrible tongues
+ At those who went between.
+ And yet again ’twas worse
+ When the way passed under a wall,
+ The awful Wall of Death
+ Which hung like a dreadful cloud
+ Over a dismal plain,
+ Rising and falling at times;
+ Yet when, no one could know.
+ So those who were beneath
+ When it fell and struck the ground
+ Were ever crushed to death.
+
+ Yet he escaped all this
+ And came to the Master’s home
+ Where he was well received,
+ And dwelt for many days;
+ And when the Master asked
+ What ’twas that he would have?
+ He answered, “If my Lord
+ Will give me a medicine
+ Which will cure me of every ill,
+ I shall be well content.”
+ And he asked for nothing more.
+ Then the Master gave to him
+ A little package, and said:
+ “Herein is that which thou seek’st
+ But I charge thee solemnly
+ That thou lettest not thine eyes
+ Behold what is therein,
+ Till thou shalt have reached thy home.”
+ So he thanked the Lord, and left.
+
+ Yet he was not far away
+ Ere he longed to open the gift,
+ And test the medicine,
+ And still more the Master’s truth.
+ And so he said to himself:
+ “If this be all deceit,
+ It was very shrewdly planned,
+ To bid me not open it
+ Until I should be at home.
+ Tush! If the medicine
+ Is really what I required
+ It cannot lose its power.
+ In truth I will test it now.”
+ So he opened it--when lo!
+ All that which was therein
+ Fell to the ground and spread
+ As water, everywhere,
+ And then like a summer mist
+ As quickly melted away.
+ So when he returned to his home
+ He was mocked by one and all.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[20] This is a story about Kulóskap of long ago.
+
+
+
+
+ IV
+
+ THE THREE BROTHERS WHO BECAME TREES
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy and Micmac_]
+
+ _Nequt nikt nsapihioak udelabasinia unachihonamihánia
+ Kelhosilichil naga omsnamnia eli-bawatmotit uch negum._[21]
+
+
+ There were three brothers, who
+ Had made the pilgrimage
+ To seek the Lord of Life,
+ And win their wishes. One
+ Was wondrous great and tall,
+ The tallest in the land;
+ Of this he was right proud,
+ For he was one of those
+ Who slyly put soft clay
+ Into their moccasins
+ That they may be admired
+ By folk of lesser size,
+ And win the love of squaws.
+ And his hair was plastered up
+ To stand on high, and on
+ The summit of it was
+ A very long turkey tail;
+ But what this man desired
+ Was to be taller still.
+ The second brother asked
+ That he might ever live
+ Where he might behold the land
+ And all the beauty of it,
+ And do naught else save rest
+ In peace forever more.
+ And the third one asked to live
+ Unto a great old age,
+ And ever be in health
+ Till he should pass away.
+
+ Now when they came to the isle
+ They found three lodges there,
+ And in two of them were men
+ Who are not spoken of
+ In any of the tales
+ Which I have ever heard:
+ In one dwelt Kulpujot--
+ A wondrous one indeed!
+ For there is not a bone in him,
+ Yet every spring and autumn
+ He is “rolled over with hand-spikes”
+ By order of the Lord;
+ And this is what his name
+ Means in the Micmac tongue.
+ In the autumn he is turned
+ Over towards the West,
+ But in spring towards the East;
+ And the meaning of it all
+ Is the seasons of the year
+ As they follow in their course.
+
+ He with his breath alone
+ Can sweep all armies forth,
+ And with his looks alone
+ Perform most wondrous things;
+ This means what weather can do
+ With sunshine, frost and ice,
+ Which are felt in everything.
+
+ And in the other dwelt
+ Kuhkw, which in Micmac means,
+ The Earthquake. This great man
+ Can pass beneath the ground,
+ And make the mountains shake,
+ And tremble by his power.
+
+ Now when the Lord had heard
+ What it was that they desired,
+ He bade the Earthquake come
+ And put them with their feet
+ Fast planted in the ground.
+ And when ’twas done, the three
+ At once were turned to trees;
+ To pines, as one tale tells,
+ Or cedars, as some say;
+ In either case each man
+ Received what he required.
+
+ Thus, he who would be tall
+ Became exceeding great,
+ For his head rose o’er the wood
+ Even as a giant pine;
+ Nor was the top-feather forgotten;
+ It waves in the wind to this hour.
+ And on a summer day
+ Who listens in a pine wood,
+ May hear the trees a murmuring
+ In the soft Indian tongue
+ All of the olden time:
+ (“_Î nĭl etuchi nek mʾkilaskîtap
+ Î nĭl etuchi nek mʾkiluskíjin_”)
+ “Oh, I’m such a great man!
+ Oh, I’m such a big Indian!”
+
+ And the second brother, who wished
+ To remain in peace in the land,
+ So stays, for while his roots
+ Are in the ground he _must_ do so;
+ And the third, who fain would live
+ To the end in perfect health,
+ Unless they’ve cut him down
+ Is standing as of yore.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[21] Once there were three brothers who went to see the Lord of Life
+and get their wishes from him.
+
+
+
+
+ V
+
+ KULÓSKAP AND THE WISE WISHERS
+
+ [_Micmac_]
+
+ _Kes saak; kes saak._[22]
+
+
+ All of the olden time.
+ Now when ’twas noised abroad
+ That whoever sought the Master
+ Could obtain the wish of his heart,
+ There were three men who said:
+ “Let us seek the Lord and see
+ If this be truly so.”
+ So they left their home in the spring
+ When the bluebird began his song,
+ And walked till the autumn frosts,
+ And then into the winter,
+ Ever steadily onward
+ Till the next midsummer came;
+ And being in a forest
+ They found a winding path
+ Which they followed till they came
+ To a very beautiful river
+ Which led to a great fair lake;
+ And still they kept to the path,
+ Yet where it failed, the trees
+ Were blazed, or the bark removed
+ On the side of the trunk, but ever
+ Opposite to the place
+ Where the wigwam or village lies
+ Towards which the pathway leads,
+ So the mark can aye be seen
+ As the traveller goes to the goal,
+ But not while leaving it.
+
+ Then after a time they came
+ To a long point of land
+ Which ran into the lake,
+ Where, having climbed a hill,
+ They saw in the distance smoke;
+ Guided by this they came
+ To a large and beautiful hut;
+ And entering it they found,
+ Seated upon the right,
+ A handsome stately man
+ Like a chief of middle age,
+ And on the left a woman,
+ So old and so decrepit
+ That it seemed as if a century
+ Or more had made her life;
+ And opposite the door
+ Was a mat which seemed to show
+ That some other had there a place.
+
+ And the Master made them welcome
+ And spoke as if he were
+ Well pleased to see them there,
+ But asked not whence they came,
+ Or whither they were going,
+ As others are wont to do.
+
+ Ere long they heard the sound
+ As of a paddle outside,
+ And the noise of a canoe
+ When it is drawn ashore.
+
+ Then in there came a youth
+ Of beautiful form and features,
+ Well clad and bearing weapons
+ As if returned from the chase;
+ Who addressed the woman _Kejû!_
+ Which is in the Micmac, “Mother;”
+ And told her he had game.
+ So then, with sore ado,
+ For she was very weak,
+ The old dame tottered out
+ And brought in one by one
+ Four beavers; but she had
+ Such trouble to cut them up,
+ That the elder of the pilgrims
+ Said to the youngest, “_Nchígŭnŭm!_
+ My brother--do thou the work.”
+
+ And so they supped on beaver,
+ And then they stayed for a week,
+ Resting themselves in comfort,
+ For all were sadly worn,
+ And also utterly ragged;
+ But then there came to pass
+ A wonderful thing which showed
+ That they were in fairy land,
+ For the master said to the youth,
+ “Go wash the mother’s face!”
+ He did so--when all her wrinkles
+ Vanished, and she became
+ Very young and fair:
+ The travellers had never
+ In all their lives beheld
+ A maid so beautiful:
+ Her hair, once white and scanty,
+ Now hung to her very feet,
+ It was as dark and glossy
+ As any blackbird’s breast;
+ And, clad in fine array,
+ She showed a tall lithe form,
+ Graceful, in all points perfect.
+
+ Then the travellers said to themselves,
+ “Truly this Sagamore is
+ A very great magician.”
+ With him they all walked forth
+ To see the place where he dwelt,
+ They never had felt the sunshine
+ So soft and so sweetly tempered
+ By a cooling gentle breeze;
+ For all in that land was fair,
+ And day by day grew fairer
+ To all who dwelt therein:
+ Tall trees, with richest leafage
+ And many fragrant flowers,
+ Grew everywhere in groves
+ Without any lower limbs,
+ And clear of underbrush,
+ Wide as a forest; yet
+ The eye could pierce the distance
+ In any or every way.
+
+ Now when for the first time
+ They felt that they had come
+ Into another life,
+ An ever-enchanted land,
+ The Master gently questioned
+ And asked them whence they came,
+ And what it was they sought;
+ They said they sought Kulóskap,
+ And he answered, “I am he!”
+
+ Then they were awed by his presence,
+ For now a wondrous glory
+ And majesty showed in him.
+ For as the woman had changed,
+ So he, and he seemed divine.
+
+ Then the elder pilgrim said:
+ “Lo, I am a wicked man
+ Accursed with furious moods,
+ Given to wrath and reviling;
+ Yet I would fain be gentle,
+ Pious and meek and good.”
+
+ And the second said: “I am poor,
+ My life is very hard,
+ And, though I toil unceasing,
+ I can barely make a living,
+ And I would fain be rich.”
+
+ And the third replied, “Though proud,
+ I am of low estate,
+ Being despised and scorned,
+ While I long to be respected
+ And loved by every one.”
+
+ And to all of these the Master
+ Made answer, “So shall it be!”
+
+ Then, taking from his belt
+ His powerful _upsinai_,
+ That is his medicine-bag,
+ He gave unto each Indian
+ A little box and bade him
+ Keep it well closed, nor heed it
+ Till he should reach his home.
+ Then he led them to the wigwam
+ And gave them all new garments,
+ Exceedingly rich apparel,
+ The like of which the pilgrims
+ Had never seen before.
+
+ Then, when it was time to depart,
+ Since they knew not the way
+ Unto their home, he rose
+ And went with them for a distance.
+ A year had they been in coming,
+ But having put on his belt
+ He led them and they followed,
+ Till, ere the afternoon,
+ He took them to the top
+ Of a lofty mountain, from which
+ Afar off they beheld
+ Another, whose outline blue
+ Rose lofty o’er the plain.
+ Yet it seemed so far away
+ They thought ’twould be a week
+ Ere they should gain its top,
+ But the Master led them on,
+ And in the afternoon
+ Of the day when they first beheld it,
+ Lo, they were on the summit!
+ And looking from this afar,
+ All seemed familiar to them:
+ The plains and hills and river,
+ And wood and dale and valley--
+ It was their native land!
+ “And there,” said the Master to them
+ “There lies your village home.”
+
+ So he left them on the mountain,
+ And they went on their way.
+ Before the sun had set
+ They were among their people,
+ Each by his wigwam fire;
+ At first sight no one knew them,
+ Because of a wondrous change;
+ The like of their fair attire
+ Had never in those days
+ Been seen by any man.
+ But when they made themselves known,
+ All gathered round to behold them,
+ In wonder or silent awe,
+ Or to listen to their adventures,
+ And truly all were amazed.
+
+ Then each man opened his box,
+ And found therein an unguent
+ Exceedingly rich and fragrant,
+ With which they rubbed themselves
+ From head to foot completely.
+ And always from that day
+ The three smelt so divinely
+ That all who could draw near them
+ Were ever in delight;
+ And happy were the Indians
+ Who could get a single whiff
+ Of that celestial fragrance
+ Spread by them all around!
+
+ Now he who had been despised
+ For his deformity,
+ Leanness, weakness, and meanness,
+ Became as grand and stately,
+ As beautiful and graceful,
+ As the fairest pine of the forest;
+ There was in all the land
+ No man so much admired,
+ And his people were proud of him.
+
+ He who desired abundance,
+ Had it in fullest measure,
+ The wild deer came to his arrows,
+ The fish leaped into his nets;
+ As he gave freely to all,
+ All gave as freely to him.
+
+ And he who had been wicked,
+ Hasty and wild and cruel,
+ Became as meek and gentle,
+ Calm and ever forbearing
+ Making others like himself;
+ He had ever a blessing on him,
+ As there ever is upon those
+ Who make their wishes with wisdom,
+ For such folk shall be happy
+ Unto the end of their days.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[22] Long ago; long ago.
+
+
+
+
+ VI
+
+ HOW KULÓSKAP WAS CONQUERED BY THE BABE
+
+ [_Penobscot_]
+
+ _Yut nit nekani agnodʾmâgon uch Kulóskap
+ Elakʾnotmotits piʾche._[23]
+
+
+ All of the olden time.
+ They tell this tale
+ Of great Kulóskap. He had conquered all
+ Of his worst enemies, even the Kiwaʾkw
+ Who were ice-giant ghouls, and over them,
+ Mʾdeolinʾwak or sorcerers
+ And Pʾmûla the night air’s evil spirit,
+ And every manner of uncanny ghosts,
+ Grim witches, devils, goblins, cannibals,
+ And the dark demons of the forest shade.
+ And now he paused, and, thinking o’er his deeds,
+ Long wondered if his work was at an end.
+
+ This thought unto a certain wife he told--
+ A clever woman with a ready tongue--
+ And she replied: “O Master--not so fast!
+ For One there still remains whom no man yet
+ Has ever overcome in any strife
+ Or got the better of in any way;
+ And who will ever, as I oft have heard,
+ Remain unconquered to the end of time.”
+ “And who is he?” inquired the Lord, amazed.
+
+ “It is the mighty Waʾsis,” she replied:
+ “And there he sits before you on the floor!
+ And mark my words--if you do trouble him,
+ He’ll cause you greater trouble in the end!”
+
+ Now Waʾsis was the Baby. And he sat
+ Upon the floor, in baby peace profound
+ Sucking a piece of maple sugar sweet;
+ Greatly content and troubling nobody.
+
+ Now as the mighty Lord of Men and Beasts
+ Had never married, nor had had a child,
+ The art of nursing or of managing
+ Such little ones was all unknown to him;
+ And therefore he was sure, as all such folk
+ Invariably are, be they or maids
+ Or blooming bachelors, that he at least
+ Knew all about it and would have his way,
+ And make the young obey him. So the Lord
+ Turned to the babe with a bewitching smile,
+ And bade the little creature come to him;
+ Back smiled the baby, but it did not budge.
+
+ And then the Master spoke in sweeter tone,
+ Making his voice like that of summer birds,
+ And all to no avail; for Waʾsis sat,
+ And, sucking at his sugar silently,
+ Looked at Kulóskap with untroubled eyes.
+
+ So then the Lord as in great anger frowned
+ And ordered Waʾsis in an awful voice
+ To crawl to him at once. And baby burst
+ Into wild tears, and high he raised his voice
+ Unto a squall tremendous--yet for all
+ Did never move an inch from where he sat.
+
+ Then, since he could do only one thing more,
+ The Master had recourse to sorcery
+ And used the awful spells, and sang the songs
+ Which raise the dead and scare the devils wild
+ And send the witches howling to their graves,
+ And make the forest pines bend low to earth.
+ And Waʾsis looked at him admiringly
+ And seemed to find it interesting, quite;
+ Yet, peacefully as ever kept his place.
+
+ So, in despair, Kulóskap gave it up,
+ And Waʾsis, ever sitting on the floor
+ In the warm sunshine, went “Goo! goo!” and crowed;
+ That was his infant crow of victory.
+
+ Now to this very day, whene’er you see
+ A baby well contented, crying “Goo!”
+ Or crowing in this style, know that it is
+ Because he then remembers in great joy
+ How he in strife, all in the olden time,
+ Did overcome the Master, conqueror
+ Of all the world. For that, of creatures all,
+ Or beings which on earth have ever been
+ Since the beginning, Baby is alone
+ The never yielding and invincible. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[23] This is an old story of Kulóskap. They told it long ago.
+
+
+
+
+ =Canto Third=
+
+ THE MASTER AND THE ANIMALS
+
+
+
+
+ I
+
+ KULÓSKAP AND THE LOONS
+
+ [_Micmac and Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Kulóskap umimat netinniaspʾnil
+ Winpeul kʾchi mteolinul._[24]
+
+
+ While the Master was pursuing
+ Winpe the giant magician,
+ One day at Uktukâmkw
+ He saw afar in the distance
+ Over the silent water,
+ Far away in the sunset,
+ Kwîmûŭk (the Loons) a-flying.
+ Thence did their chief in a circle
+ Lead them around the lake;
+ Yet ever drawing nearer
+ To the Home of Beasts and Men;
+ And as he came, the Master
+ Said: “What is thy will, O Kwîmû?”
+
+[Illustration: =Kulóskap and the Loons=]
+
+ To whom the Loon replied
+ “I fain would be thy servant,
+ Thy servant and thy friend.”
+ Then the Master taught them a cry,
+ A strange long cry like the howl
+ Of a dog when he calls to the moon,
+ Or when, far away in the forest,
+ He seeks to find his master;
+ And told them when they required him
+ To utter this long strange cry.
+
+ Now it came to pass long after
+ The Master in Uktâkŭmkûk
+ (The which is Newfoundland)
+ Came to an Indian village
+ And all who dwelt therein
+ Were Kwîmûŭk, who had been
+ Loons in the time before;
+ And now they were very glad
+ As men to see once more
+ The Master who had blessed them
+ When they were only birds;
+ Therefore he made them his huntsmen,
+ Also his messengers;
+ Hence comes that in all the stories
+ Which are told of the mighty Master
+ The Loons are ever his friends;
+ And the Indians when they hear
+ The cry of the Loons, exclaim:
+ “_Kwîmû elkomtûejul
+ Kulóskapŭl_,” “The Loon is calling
+ Kulóskap,” the Master.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[24] Kulóskap used to fight with Winpe the great wizard.
+
+
+
+
+ II
+
+ KULÓSKAP AND THE BEAVER
+
+ [_Micmac_]
+
+ _Kulóskap naga Kwâbît._[25]
+
+
+ Over all the land
+ Of the Wabanaki,
+ The Land of the Break of Day,
+ There is never a place
+ Where the hand of Kulóskap
+ Made not a mark.
+ It is seen on hills and rivers,
+ On the great roads through mountains,
+ As well as on mighty rocks
+ Which once were living monsters.
+
+ Such is the wonderful highway
+ Running along the river
+ Called Herbert--the road which is named
+ By white men the Boar’s Back,
+ By Indians Onwokun,
+ Which is their word for Causeway.
+
+ The tale is told of Kulóskap
+ That, once while travelling
+ To visit Partridge Island
+ And then Cape Blomidon,
+ His friends were tired of rowing,
+ Tired of travel by water,
+ And wished to cross by land;
+ And, while they all were resting,
+ The Master, raising his magic
+ Unto a mighty deed
+ To be spoken of forever,
+ Went away for a little time
+ And cast up a giant ridge,
+ A wide and beautiful level
+ Over great bogs and streams,
+ And across this they travelled
+ Rejoicing, to await him.
+
+ And yet again the Master
+ Did a very wondrous deed;
+ For it came to pass in those days
+ That the beavers had built a dam
+ From Âûkogegéchk or Blomidon,
+ Even unto the opposite shore,
+ And thereby made a pond
+ Which filled up all the valley.
+ Now in those times the beavers
+ Were beasts of monstrous size,
+ And the Master, though kind of heart,
+ Seems to have had indeed
+ But little love for them
+ Since the day when young Kwâbîtsis,
+ The son of the Great Beaver,
+ Tempted Malsum to slay his brother
+ In the very early time.
+ Now to this very day
+ They find the bones of these beavers;
+ There are many on Unamagik,
+ Their teeth are six inches wide,
+ There are no such beavers to-day!
+ And these are indeed the bones
+ Of the beavers who built the dam
+ Across at Cape Blomidon
+ And crossed the Annapolis Valley.
+
+ Now the Master would fain go hunting,
+ And thereby do a deed
+ Which should equal the great whale-fishing
+ Of Kitpûsiigʾnâû.
+
+ So he cut the great dam near the shore,
+ And he bade the boy Marten watch;
+ For he said, “I greatly suspect
+ That there is a little beaver
+ Who is hiding hereabouts.”
+ And when the dam was cut
+ From where it joined the shore,
+ There was a mighty rush,
+ And the roar of many waters,
+ So that the beaver dam,
+ Which was made of giant trees
+ Deftly fastened together,
+ Swung full around to the westward;
+ And yet it did not break
+ Away from the other shore.
+ Therefore the end of it lodged
+ With a great split therein
+ When the flood had found a passage;
+ And the whole may be seen there still,
+ To this very day, even,
+ As it is seen by all
+ Of those who pass up the bay;
+ And still this point, Cape Split,
+ Is called by the Micmacs Plîgun
+ Which means the opening
+ Or cleft of a beaver dam.
+
+ Then to frighten the Beaver
+ The Master threw at it
+ Several handfuls of earth,
+ Which falling to eastward
+ Of what is called Partridge Island,
+ Became the Five Islands, and
+ The pond which was left behind
+ Became the Basin of Minas.
+
+ Yet another tradition tells
+ That after cutting the dam
+ The Master sat and watched,
+ And yet no Beaver came forth,
+ For Kwâbît had escaped by a hole
+ Which led back to the other side;
+ Kulóskap then tore up
+ A rock and he threw it
+ Very far indeed,
+ One hundred and fifty miles,
+ To frighten the Beaver back;
+ But over the Grand Falls
+ Kwâbît had gone in haste
+ And so for the time escaped;
+ Yet the stone remaineth there
+ As a wonder to this day.
+
+ However, others declare
+ That by this rock the Beaver
+ Was killed while swimming away;
+ For thus the tale was told
+ By a Penobscot woman
+ As she sat weaving a basket,
+ A basket or _abaznoda_
+ Of that sweet-scented grass
+ Which Indians dearly love.
+
+ Kulóskap gave the names
+ To everything on earth;
+ He first made man and woman
+ Bestowing on them life;
+ He also made the winds
+ To make the waters move;
+ The Turtle was his uncle,
+ Tiakēūch the Mink
+ Was his adopted son,
+ While Mūnŭmkwech, the Woodchuck--
+ She was his grandmother.
+ The Beaver built a dam
+ The greatest ever seen.
+
+[Illustration: =Kulóskap and the Beaver=]
+
+ Kulóskap turned it away,
+ And killed the Beaver, too;
+ At Mûschik he killed a moose;
+ The bones are there e’en now,
+ At Bar Harbor, turned to stone.
+ The entrails of the moose,
+ Across the bay he cast
+ Unto his dogs, and they,
+ Which were also turned to stone,
+ To this day may be seen there,
+ As I have seen them myself;
+ And there, too, in the rock
+ Are the prints of his arrow and bow.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[25] Kulóskap and the Beaver.
+
+
+
+
+ III
+
+ THE SABLE AND THE SERPENT
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Kulóskap wtiwaspʾnil nequt
+ Otloketmul nʾmokswesul._[26]
+
+
+ All of the olden time,
+ All in a year it befell
+ That Kulóskap had a foe:
+ A very evil man,
+ A very sinful beast,
+ A very vile magician,
+ Who after he had tried
+ A hundred tricks in vain
+ Took on the form of a snake,
+ A serpent of awful size,
+ In hope to kill the Lord.
+
+ Now the Master had a boy
+ His faithful servitor,
+ Nʾmokswes or the Sable;
+ A boy of elfin kind
+ Who played the magic flute
+ Wherewith he could entice
+ All birds and animals
+ To come to him, when they
+ Once heard its wondrous sound.
+
+ It happened on a time
+ When Kulóskap was afar,
+ The Sable broke his flute,
+ And, deeply crushed with grief,
+ Would not return again,
+ But wandered far away
+ Into the wilderness.
+ And all of this the Lord
+ Knew well--for by his art
+ He knew when aught went wrong
+ Pertaining to himself.
+ Then, when returned, he asked
+ The old, old grandmother
+ Where Sable was? but she
+ Could only weep. And then,
+ The Master said: “I’ll roam
+ Forever if I must,
+ But I will find the boy.”
+
+ So he went forth, resolved,
+ Following Sable’s trail,
+ And tracked him through the snow,
+ Three days and nights, and then
+ Heard some one sing afar;
+ It was the magic song
+ Which sorcerers only sing
+ When in the direst need,
+ And death is drawing near.
+ So, circling round the place,
+ Kulóskap looked adown,
+ And saw a lodge, and heard
+ The voice distinctly sound,
+ As he grew nearer; it
+ Was Sable’s wondrous voice;
+ Then heard him sing a curse
+ Against all serpent kind,
+ And he was wandering
+ About the place to seek
+ A stick, extremely straight.
+
+ The Master understood
+ What this all meant: how that
+ Sable had been enticed
+ Into the wilderness
+ By Atoʾsis the Snake,
+ And that the Serpent-chief
+ Was in the lodge, and he
+ Had sent the Sable forth
+ To seek a long straight rod
+ For evil magic deeds.
+ Then, softly singing, he
+ Bade Sable disobey,
+ And get a crooked stick,
+ As twisted as could be,
+ And told him carefully
+ What more he was to do.
+
+ Then Sable found in fact
+ A very rugged rod,
+ As twisted as a worm,
+ When it is wounded; then
+ As he came in, the Snake
+ Cried out, amazed and wroth,
+ “How hast thou dared to bring
+ To me a stick like that?”
+ But Sable, answering,
+ Replied, “It is not straight,
+ But what is crookedest
+ May be the straightest made,
+ And I do know a charm
+ Whereby this may be done;
+ I will but heat this stick
+ A little in the fire,
+ And sing the proper spell
+ And then it shall be straight.”
+
+ Now Atoʾsis the Snake,
+ Like all the crafty folk,
+ Was very curious
+ And so looked closely on.
+ But Sable, when the stick
+ Was burning, or red hot,
+ Thrust it into his eyes;
+ (It had a forked end)
+ Utterly blinding him;
+ Then headlong rushed away.
+
+ The serpent followed him,
+ But, even as he left
+ The wigwam, there he met
+ The Master, who forthwith
+ Struck him a mighty blow
+ And slew him out of hand;
+ Of old times this befell--
+ And thus my story ends.
+
+[Illustration: =The Sable and the Serpent=]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[26] Kulóskap had a servant once who was a Sable.
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+ IV
+
+ KULÓSKAP AND THE TURTLE
+
+ [_Micmac and Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Nekke meiawet nektuk Piliomeskasik ktakʾmigw otlian Pikto._[27]
+
+
+ When the Master left _Uktâkumkûk_,
+ Called by the English Néwfoundlánd,
+ He went to Piktook or Pictou,
+ Which means “the rising of bubbles,”
+ Because at that place the water
+ Is ever strangely moving.
+ There he found an Indian village
+ And in the village a man
+ Whom he loved through all his life.
+
+ Yet it was not because this man,
+ Whose name in Micmac is Mikchik
+ And in our Passamaquoddy
+ Chikwenóchk “the Turtle,”
+ Was great or well favored or rich;
+ He was truly none of these,
+ Being very poor and lazy,
+ No longer young or lively,
+ Nor in any way clever or wise.
+ It is said he was the uncle
+ Of Kulóskap, but many declare
+ It was only by adoption.[28]
+ However, he always bore
+ His trials with such good nature,
+ His wants with such merry patience,
+ That the Master took strangely to him
+ With most unwonted affection,
+ As if he had determined
+ To make of the idler a man;
+ Which verily came to pass
+ Quite soon, and very quaintly,
+ As you shall presently hear.
+ When he came to Piktook,
+ A town of a hundred wigwams,
+ Kulóskap being a handsome
+ And very stately warrior
+ With the air of a great chief,
+ Was greatly admired by all,
+ Especially the women;
+ So that every one felt honored
+ Whose wigwam he deigned to enter;
+ Yet he saw the folk very seldom,
+ And dwelt with old uncle Mikchik
+ Delighting in his fancies,
+ Quaint ways and old time stories,
+ Very old songs of the fathers;
+ Such things were the joy of his heart.
+
+ Now ’twas the time for holding
+ The great and yearly feast
+ With dancing and merry games;
+ But Kulóskap cared not to go
+ As guest or as performer.
+ However, he asked his uncle,
+ “Wilt thou not go to the feast?
+ All the fair girls of the forest,
+ All the beautiful matrons,
+ All the bewitching widows
+ From far and wide will be there;
+ Why hast thou never married?
+ There are many nice women a-waiting,
+ ’Tis evil living alone.”
+
+ Thus answered Uncle Turtle:
+ “I am poor and old and homely,
+ With no garments fit for a feast;
+ Therefore ’tis better for me
+ To smoke my pipe at home.”
+
+ “Well, if that be the only hindrance,
+ Uncle,” replied the Master,
+ “I can turn tailor I trow,
+ And fit you to a turn--
+ Fit you as if by magic,
+ Or in fact by magic itself;
+ Therefore have thou no care
+ As to your face or outside,
+ For to him who hath the art
+ ’Tis as easy to make a man over
+ As any suit of clothes.”
+
+ “That may be true, my nephew,”
+ Quoth Turtle, “but what say you,
+ As to the making over
+ The _inside_ of a mortal?”
+
+ “By Kwâbît the immortal Beaver!”
+ Replied the Master, laughing,
+ “That is something harder to do,
+ Else I were not at work
+ So long in this world of ours.
+ Yet, ere I leave this town
+ For you I will do that also.
+ As for this present sport,
+ Do but put on this belt.”
+
+ And when he wore the girdle
+ Mikchik became so young
+ And so bewitchingly handsome
+ That never a man or woman
+ In the land had seen the like;
+ And as the Master arrayed him
+ In garments of great splendor,
+ He also gave him his word
+ That, as a man, he ever
+ Should be of men the comeliest,
+ And as animal, hardest to kill,
+ Most vital and enduring,
+ As it truly came to pass.
+ So Mikchik went to the feast.
+
+ Now the chieftain of the Piktook
+ Had three very beautiful daughters,
+ And of the three, the youngest
+ Was the loveliest in the land.
+ On her the old-young turtle
+ Cast his experienced eyes
+ With a boy-like, innocent look,
+ And said, “I think that damsel
+ Would exactly suit my complaint,
+ And therefore I think I will take her!”
+
+ Now all the young men in Piktook
+ Were of just the same opinion,
+ And all were firmly resolved
+ To kill the one who should win her.
+
+ So the next day the Master,
+ Taking a bunch of _wâbab_,
+ That is, of the finest wampum,
+ Went to the chief of the Piktook
+ Proposing that his uncle
+ Should marry the youngest daughter.
+ And truly the chief was willing,
+ While the mother at once cried, “Yes!”
+ To such a grand proposal;
+ So, without loss of time,
+ The maiden swept out a wigwam,
+ And made a bed of sprays,
+ Or of leaves, upon the floor,
+ Spreading out a great white bear skin
+ As a cover over all.
+ Then with Mikchik and the Master
+ They had dried meat for supper,
+ And so the pair were wed.
+
+ Now the Turtle seemed very lazy,
+ And for days after they were married
+ While other men were hunting
+ He lounged about at home
+ Smoking over the fire,
+ Till one frosty, sunny morning,
+ His wife said to him, “Mikchik,
+ If this goes on much longer
+ We two must certainly starve.”
+ So he put on his snow-shoes,
+ Taking his bow and arrows,
+ And she followed silently after
+ To see what he would do.
+ But in truth he did very little,
+ For he had not gone far forward
+ Ere he tripped and fell rolling over.
+ And the wife, returning disgusted,
+ Said in a rage to her mother:
+ “He is not in the least a hunter.
+ He can’t even walk on snow-shoes.”
+ But the mother said: “Be patient,
+ There is more in him than you dream.”
+
+ One day it came to pass
+ That the Master said to Mikchik
+ “To-morrow will be held
+ The very great yearly ball-play
+ And you must share in the game.
+ It will be sore for you,
+ A game of life and death,
+ For all the young men who live here
+ Are your enemies, and will seek
+ To slay you in the rush
+ By crowding close together,
+ And trampling you under foot.
+ But when they do this, ’twill be
+ Close by the Sagamore’s lodge,
+ And that you may escape them
+ I give you, Uncle, the power
+ To jump twice over the roof;
+ But if they chance to bring it
+ To a third attempt, ’twill be
+ A very terrible thing for you,
+ And yet it _must_ come to pass;
+ ‘No honey without a sting;
+ No chase, no venison.’”
+
+ And all of it came to pass
+ As the Master had foretold;
+ For the young men of the village
+ All joined to kill the Turtle,
+ And to escape them, Mikchik
+ Jumped, when beset, so high
+ Over the Sagamore’s lodge
+ That he looked like an eagle flying.
+ But when for a third time he
+ Attempted another leap,
+ His scalp-lock caught on a pole,
+ And there he hung a-dangling
+ In the smoke which rose from below.
+
+ Then Kulóskap, who was sitting
+ On a skin in the tent beneath,
+ Said: “Uncle the hour is come,
+ Now will I make thee Sagem,
+ Grand Sagamore of the Tortoise,
+ The chief of the Lenni Lenâbe;
+ Thou shalt bear up a great nation
+ Which shall rest upon thy shell!”
+
+ Then he smoked Mikchik so long
+ That his skin became a shell,
+ A very hard round shell,
+ And the marks of the smoke from the pipe
+ May be seen thereon to-day.
+ And of all his entrails he left
+ But _one_ which was very short,
+ And then indeed Mikchik
+ Seeing himself so reduced
+ Cried out, “Beloved nephew,
+ You will kill me certainly!”
+ But the Lord replied, “Far from it,
+ I am giving you longer life--
+ A longer life than is given
+ To any other on earth;
+ From this time forth, my uncle,
+ You may pass through a glowing fire,
+ And never feel its breath,
+ You may live on land or in water,
+ Nay, though your head be cut off
+ It will live for nine days after,
+ And even so long shall beat
+ Your heart when cut from your body.”
+ Whereat Mikchik rejoiced.
+
+ And this came, indeed, betimes,
+ And not before it was needed;
+ For on the very next day
+ All of the men went hunting,
+ And the Master warned the Turtle
+ That they would attempt his life.
+ So the men all went before,
+ While the Turtle toiled slowly behind them;
+ But when they saw him no more,
+ He made a magic flight
+ Far over their heads, and deep
+ In the forest he slew a moose,
+ He drew it upon the track
+ Which he knew that they soon must take;
+ And when his foes came up,
+ There he sat on the moose
+ Smoking, and waiting for them.
+
+ Now Kulóskap the Wise
+ Had unto them foretold
+ That on that day they would see
+ Some one come out as first
+ Who they thought would be last of all.
+ And when this came to pass,
+ They were more enraged than before,
+ And so they planned again
+ To kill Mikchik, but his nephew
+ Who was on the point of leaving
+ The village and all therein,
+ Told him how it would be.
+
+ “First of all, my uncle,
+ They will build a mighty fire,
+ And throw you into the flame,
+ But endure it, and with joy;
+ For by my magic power
+ I will see that it does no harm.
+ Only beg as a dying favor
+ Not to be cast into water,
+ Into the water to drown,
+ Beg and implore and entreat them
+ To spare thee that terrible torture,
+ Yes, fight to the bitter end;
+ So will they certainly do it,
+ And so it shall come to pass.”
+ Then he bade farewell to the Turtle,
+ And they built up a blazing fire
+ And threw him at once into it;
+ Wherein, being very lazy,
+ He turned over and went to sleep,
+ And when the fire burned low
+ He called for more wood to rebuild it
+ Because it was bitterly cold.
+
+ Then they all called out, “Let us drown him!”
+ But hearing this, as in terror
+ He implored them not to do it.
+ “Cut me to pieces,” he said,
+ “Burn me again, or stab me,
+ But do not, I beg you, throw me
+ Into the water to drown!”
+
+ Therefore they swore they would drown him,
+ And dragged him down to the shore;
+ He screamed like a mad magician,
+ And fought like a wolverine,
+ Tearing up trees and roots,
+ Rending the rocks like a tempest;
+ Yet at length they overpowered him,
+ And took him in a canoe
+ To the middle of the lake
+ And throwing him in they watched him,
+ Watched him as he was sinking
+ Till he vanished far down below;
+ And thinking him surely dead
+ Returned to their homes rejoicing.
+
+ Now on the next day at noon
+ There was a glowing sunshine,
+ And something was seen basking
+ Upon a great flat rock
+ About a mile from the shore.
+ So two of the younger men
+ Took a canoe and went forth
+ To see what this might be.
+ And when they came to the rock
+ Just hanging over the water,
+ Whom should they see but Mikchik
+ A-dozing in the sunlight!
+ But, seeing them coming to take him,
+ He only said “Good-bye!”
+ And rolled over into the lake
+ Wherein it is said he is living
+ Unto this very day.
+ So in memory of this thing,
+ All turtles in swamps or rivers
+ When they see a man a-coming
+ Tip-tilt them into the water
+ With a _plump!_ which means “Good-bye!”--
+ Or which sounds like it in Indian[29]--
+ As their ancestor did of yore.
+
+ The Turtle lived with his wife
+ Happily, long and contented.
+ Then it happened in after years
+ That Kulóskap came one day
+ To visit his uncle, and saw
+ A babe which uttered a word.
+ As ’twere in a childish cry:
+ “Knowest thou what he is saying?”
+ Inquired the Master smiling.
+ “Truly not I,” said Mikchik,
+ “For I deem it is in the language
+ Which is spoken by the demons
+ Or spirits of the air,
+ Which ’tis said no mortal knoweth.”
+ “Well, I think,” replied Kulóskap,
+ “That he is talking of eggs
+ For he cries ‘_Huwâh, Huwâh_’
+ As if he were trying to say
+ _Wâhwun_--which means an egg
+ In the Passamaquoddy tongue.”
+ “But where are eggs to be found?”
+ Inquired the uncle amazed.
+ “Seek in the sand,” said the Master,
+ Where he sought and found full many
+ And greatly he marvelled at them.
+ In memory of which and the Master,
+ All the female turtles
+ Lay eggs to this very day. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[27] When the Master left Newfoundland he came to Pictou.
+
+[28] It is usual to give as a mere matter of politeness terms of
+consanguinity to persons in conversation. Mikchik the Turtle appears
+in all the legends as a perfect Panurge or Falstaff, a worthless old
+scamp, who is nevertheless liked by everybody and privileged. P.
+
+[29] It is curious that in Italy a stone thrown into water is
+supposed by the sound which it makes to answer Yes or No to questions.
+
+
+
+
+ V
+
+ HOW MIKCHIK THE TURTLE WAS FALSE TO THE MASTER
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Kulóskap meiawet._[30]
+
+
+ Kulóskap the Master
+ Was lord of beasts and men
+ Even the one as the other
+ He ruled them one and all.
+ Great indeed was his army
+ His tribe indeed was the whole.
+ In it the Golden Eagle
+ Was a leading chief who married
+ A female Caribou;
+ And the Turtle, Kulóskap’s uncle,
+ Married the only daughter
+ Of the Eagle and Caribou.
+ Of these things are many traditions,
+ Many and very long,
+ Which are told by the fire in winter;
+ Old people knew these stories,
+ The younger now forget them
+ And the wisdom in them all.
+
+ It is said that Mikchik the Turtle
+ Was ever loved by his nephew,
+ While another tradition tells
+ That he was false to the Master:
+ I know not how it may be,
+ I can only tell the story
+ As it was told to me.
+
+ When the Turtle married,
+ The Master bade him make
+ A splendid feast, and for this
+ He gave him wonderful power.
+ Then he bade him go down to a point
+ Of very great rocks by the sea
+ Where whales were always found,
+ And told him to bring a whale,
+ And gave him the might to do so.
+ But he set an appointed mark
+ Or space, and said that he must not
+ Go even an inch beyond it:
+ So the Turtle went down to the sea,
+ And caught a monstrous whale,
+ And bore it up to the camp;
+ It all seemed very easy,
+ But he quite forgot that the power
+ Was given him by the Master;
+ So he took it all as his own.
+
+ Like all men of his kind
+ He was very vain and curious.
+ So to see what would come of it
+ He went beyond the mark
+ While carrying the whale,
+ And doing this he lost
+ The strength on him bestowed;
+ And sank beneath his burden
+ Crushed by the mighty whale.
+
+ Then many ran to the Master
+ Saying that Turtle was dead,
+ But he answered “Cut up the whale
+ For the dead will soon revive.”
+ So they cut it up and cooked it;
+ And when the feast was ready,
+ The Turtle came yawning on,
+ And stretching out his leg
+ Cried out: “How tired I am!
+ Truly, I think I must
+ Have overslept myself!”
+ Then all men feared the Lord,
+ For now they knew him a spirit,
+ A spirit of terrible power.
+
+ However it came to pass
+ That the Turtle grew mightily
+ All in his own conceit,
+ And thought he could take the place
+ Of the Master and reign in his stead;
+ So he called together a council
+ Of all the beasts, to find
+ How Kulóskap might be slain.
+ Greatly the Great One laughed
+ When he had learned all this
+ And little did he care.
+
+ And knowing all that passed
+ In their evil hearts, he went
+ Disguised as an agèd squaw
+ Into the Council Lodge.
+ There were two witches there,
+ The Porcupine and Toad,
+ Bearing the human form;
+ Of them he humbly asked
+ How the Master was to die,
+ And to him the Toad replied,
+ “Well! What is that to thee?
+ And what hast thou to do
+ With such a thing as this?”
+ “Truly I meant no harm,”
+ Was all the Master said.
+ And then he softly touched
+ The tip of either’s nose.
+ And rising, went his way.
+ But when the witches looked
+ At one another--both
+ Screamed out in dire dismay
+ For neither had a nose!
+ Their faces were smooth and flat;
+ So it came that the Porcupine
+ And Toad, are to this day
+ Noseless among the beasts.
+ So the Council came to an end. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[30] Kulóskap the Master.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ VI
+
+ HOW KULÓSKAP CONQUERED AKLIBIMO, THE GREAT BULLFROG
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Piʾchce uskichinwi otenesis
+ Pakichiotote pemtanikek._[31]
+
+
+ Long, long ago,
+ Far, far away in the mountains
+ An Indian village stood,
+ Little known to other men;
+ All lived therein at their ease,
+ The men did well in their hunting
+ The women worked at home,
+ And all went well--save in _one_ thing
+ And that one thing was this:
+ That the town lay by a brook
+ And except in the stream there was not
+ A single drop of water
+ In all the country round
+ Save in the puddles of rain.
+ No one of all these Indians
+ Had ever found a spring,
+ Yet they all were very fond
+ Of a drink of good, clear water
+ And that in their brook was good.
+ So over it they grew dainty
+ And were very proud of it.
+
+ But after a time they saw
+ That the brook was running low,
+ Not only in summer time,
+ But in autumn after the rains;
+ And as the water fell
+ Their spirits, too, sank low;
+ But day by day it grew less,
+ Until its bed was as dry
+ As a dead bone is, which lies
+ In the ashes of a fire.
+
+ Now they had sometime heard
+ That, far away in the hills
+ Where none of them had been,
+ There was another village
+ Upon this very stream;
+ But what kind of people dwelt
+ Therein, no one could say;
+ So, thinking that these folk
+ Knew something about the drought,
+ They sent a man to look
+ Into the thing. Three days
+ Onward and upward he went,
+ Till on the third he came
+ Unto the village where
+ He found a solid dam
+ Built over the rivulet
+ So that no water could pass,
+ But all was kept in a pond.
+
+ Then, asking the village folk
+ Why they had done this evil,
+ Since ’twas of no use to them,
+ They said: “Go ask our chief,
+ It was he who ordered it.”
+
+ And when the messenger came
+ To see the Sagamore,
+ Behold, there lay before him,
+ Lazily in the mud,
+ A creature who was more
+ Of monster than of man--
+ Though truly in human form--
+ For he was immense in size,
+ In measure like a giant,
+ Fat, bloated, at all points
+ Most brutal to behold;
+ His great, round, yellow eyes
+ Stuck from his head as knots
+ Or knobsticks from a pine.
+ His mouth with stringy lips
+ Went well from ear to ear;
+ His feet were broad and flat,
+ With toes immensely long--
+ He was marvellous to behold!
+
+ And unto him the man
+ Set forth his just complaint,
+ To which the brute at first
+ Made no reply beyond
+ A most uncivil grunt
+ And a croak, but he said at last
+ In a loud, bellowing voice,
+ Such as we sometimes hear
+ At night from pond or pool:
+ “Do as you choose,
+ “Do as you choose,
+ “Do as you choose!
+ “What do I care?
+ “What do I care?
+ “What do I care?
+ “If you want water,
+ “If you want water,
+ “If you want water,
+ “Go somewhere else.”
+
+ Then the messenger told
+ How his people were pining
+ Near dead of their thirst,
+ Which seemed hugely to please
+ The monster, who grinned for joy,
+ Till at last he rose to his feet.
+ And, making a single spring
+ Of many rods to the dam,
+ Took an arrow and bored a hole
+ So that a little water
+ Just trickled out, and then cried:
+ “Up and begone,
+ “Up and begone,
+ “Up and begone!”
+ Then the messenger returned
+ In sorrow to his people,
+ Bringing them little joy,
+ And for a very few days
+ There was a little water,
+ Then it stopped and they suffered again.
+
+ Now these good Indians, who
+ Were the honestest fellows alive,
+ Best natured in all the world,
+ And never harmed any one
+ Except their enemies,
+ Were in a pickle indeed;
+ For sad it is to have
+ Nothing but water to drink;
+ But to want even that
+ When one is raging with thirst
+ Is worse than waiting for dinner
+ When we have no dinner to wait for.
+ Now this the Lord Kulóskap,
+ Who was merciful in heart
+ And knew all that was passing
+ In the hearts of his Indian children,
+ Observed, and pitying them
+ Came to them all at once;
+ For he ever came as the wind
+ And no man e’er wist how.
+
+ Now, just before he came,
+ These honest Indians
+ Had in a council resolved
+ To send their boldest man
+ Though ’twere to certain death,
+ Even unto the village
+ Where dwelt the evil chief
+ Who built the cursèd dam
+ Which kept the water with which
+ They slaked their thirst when they
+ Could get it--that is to say,
+ Whenever the water was running.
+ And when he got there, the brave
+ Was either to obtain
+ That the water-dam be cut,
+ Or, failing, do something desperate--
+ They knew not exactly what;
+ But it was expected by all
+ That if he were refused
+ He would paint the village with care
+ Of a deep vermilion hue,
+ Leaving on every lodge
+ Blood, and in this intent,
+ Should, armed at every point,
+ Go with his tomahawk,
+ His axe and scalping-knife
+ Singing his death-song, too,
+ As he went on his way;
+ And they were all agog.
+
+ Now the Master was greatly pleased
+ When he observed all this,
+ For nothing delighted him more
+ Than plucky, desperate deeds;
+ So he resolved that he
+ Would see to this thing himself.
+
+ Therefore he came to them--
+ The people of the town
+ Which was then so high and dry--
+ Looking so terribly fierce
+ That in all the land there was none
+ Who was half so horrible;
+ For he seemed to be ten feet high,
+ With a hundred wonderful plumes,
+ Feathers of red and black,
+ From his scalp-lock uprising;
+ His face fresh-painted like blood,
+ Green rings around his eyes,
+ While a very large clam-shell hung
+ From either ear, and behind,
+ A great spread eagle, which
+ Was awful to behold,
+ Flapped wings at every step;
+ So that the hearts of all
+ Beat as he entered the village,
+ For as simple Indians, they
+ Accounted that this must be
+ Either Lox, the Wolverine,
+ Or Michihant the Devil
+ Himself in person, who
+ Had turned to Indian form.
+ And the squaws declared that they
+ Had ne’er seen aught so fine,
+ Such a lovely, lovable man!
+
+ Then the Master having heard
+ The whole of their terrible tale,
+ Bade them cheer up, for he
+ Would soon set all to rights.
+ So without delay he went
+ Straight up the bed of the brook,
+ And coming to the town
+ Sat down, and bade a boy
+ Bring him some water to drink;
+ To which the boy replied
+ That not a drop could be had
+ In that town unless ’twere given
+ Out by the chief himself.
+
+ “Then go to your Sagamore,”
+ Said the Master, “and bid him hurry,
+ Or verily I will know
+ The reason why I wait.”
+ And when the boy had gone
+ There was no reply before
+ An hour, when the boy returned,
+ During which time the Master
+ Sat on a log and smoked.
+ Then at last the messenger
+ Came with a little cup
+ Which was only just half full
+ Of water, extremely foul.
+ Then the Master rose and said:
+ “Now I will go to your chief,
+ And I think that he soon will give
+ Far better water than this!”
+
+ And having come to the chief
+ He said, “Now give me to drink
+ And that of the best, at once,
+ Thou villainous Thing of Mud!”
+
+ Then the Sagamore in a rage
+ Bellowed: “Begone and find
+ Thy water where thou canst;”
+ When Kulóskap thrust his spear
+ At once into the beast,
+ Into his belly, lo!
+ Gushed forth a mighty stream,
+ For it was all the water
+ Which should have run in the brook--
+ He had taken it all to himself!
+
+ Then the Master, rising high
+ As any giant pine,
+ Caught the monster in his hand,
+ And crumpled in his back
+ With a mighty grip--and lo!
+ It was the Bull-Frog! Then
+ He hurled him with contempt
+ Into the stream to follow
+ The current ever on.
+
+ And ever since that time
+ The Bull-Frog’s back has borne
+ Those crumpled wrinkles which
+ Are in the lower part:
+ These are the print-marks made
+ By the Master’s awful squeeze.
+
+ Kulóskap then returned
+ Unto the town, but there
+ Found not a living soul,
+ For a marvellous thing had come
+ To pass while he was gone;
+ A thing which shall be heard
+ In every Indian’s speech
+ Through all the ages, as
+ ’Tis told by all to-day.
+
+ For as these people were,
+ As I said, good simple folk,
+ They had talked together, just
+ As boys do at their play,
+ When they are hungry, thus:
+ “What would you like to have?”
+ When another will reply:
+ “Truly, I’d like to eat
+ A good hot venison steak,
+ With maple sugar and bear’s oil;”
+ “Nay, give me for my part
+ Some succotash and honey.”
+ Even so these villagers said:
+ “Suppose you really had
+ All the cold sparkling water
+ There is in the world, what then
+ Would you do with it?” One replied,
+ “I would live in the soft smooth mud,
+ And always be wet and cool.”
+
+ To which another said,
+ That he would plunge from the rocks
+ And dive in the deep cold stream,
+ Aye drinking as he dived.
+
+ And the third said: “I would be washed
+ Up and down with the rippling waves,
+ Living at will on land,
+ Or in the water;” Then
+ The fourth said: “None of you
+ Know how to wish, and I
+ Will teach you how. I’d live
+ In water all the time.
+ And forever swim in it!”
+
+ Now it chanced that these things were said
+ In the hour when, while it passes
+ Over the world, all the wishes
+ Which are uttered by men are granted.
+ And so it was with these Indians;
+ For the first became a leech,
+ The second a spotted frog,
+ The third a crab which is washed
+ Up and down with the tide,
+ And the fourth a fish which swims
+ A-drinking ever more.
+
+ Ere this, there had been in the world
+ None of the creatures which dwell
+ In the water, but now they were there
+ Of every kind. And the river
+ Came rushing and roaring on,
+ And they all went headlong down
+ Into the endless ocean,
+ To be washed into many lands,
+ And places all over the world,
+ Forever and ever more.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[31] Long ago, an Indian village stood far back in the mountains.
+
+
+
+
+ VII
+
+ HOW KULÓSKAP WENT WHALE-FISHING
+
+ [_Micmac_]
+
+ _Piche Kulóskap pechian
+ Machieswi menikok._[32]
+
+
+ All of the olden time!
+ The Master Kulóskap came
+ To Pulowechē Munígû,
+ That is to Partridge Island.
+ And on the isle he met
+ With Kitpûsâgunâû,
+ Whose mother had been slain
+ By a fearful cannibal giant:
+ Therefore, like Kulóskap,
+ He warred through all his life
+ Upon the monstrous race;
+ From which it came to pass
+ That they were loving friends,
+ Which did not hinder them
+ From a hearty, merry strife
+ In which they barely missed
+ Taking each other’s lives
+ In the most good-natured way
+ As ye shall hear anon.
+
+ Now being on the isle,
+ The Lord of Men and Beasts
+ Was entertained as guest
+ By Kitpûsâgunâû,
+ Born after his mother’s death.
+ And, as the night came on,
+ The host said to the Lord.
+ “Let us go forth to sea
+ In my canoe, and catch
+ Some whales by torch light.” So
+ Kulóskap, nothing loath,
+ Consented, for he was
+ A mighty fisherman,
+ Like all the Wabanaki
+ Who live along the shore.
+
+ Now when they came to the beach
+ There were many mighty rocks
+ Lying scattered here and there.
+ Then Kitpûsâgunâû,
+ Lifting the largest of them,
+ Put it upon his head,
+ And it became a canoe.
+ Then picking up another
+ It turned to a paddle; next
+ A long and narrow piece
+ Which he split away from a rock
+ Was changed to a fishing spear;
+ And then Kulóskap asked
+ “Who shall sit in the stern
+ And paddle; and who shall take
+ The spear?” The other said
+ “That will I do.” And so
+ The Master paddled; ere long
+ The canoe passed o’er a whale.
+ A monster of a fish;
+ There was not his like in the sea.
+ But he who held the spear
+ Sent it down into the waves
+ As if ’twere a thunderbolt;
+ And as the handle rose
+ He snatched it up, and so
+ The mighty fish was caught;
+ And as Kitpûsâgunâû
+ Whirled it on high, the whale
+ Loud roaring touched the clouds;
+ Then taking it from the spear
+ He tossed it into the barque
+ As if it had been a trout.
+ And both the giants laughed;
+ And the sound of their laugh was heard
+ All over the land afar,
+ The Wabanaki land.
+
+ So, being at home, the host
+ Took up a knife of stone
+ Splitting the whale in two,
+ And threw one half to his guest.
+ And they roasted each his piece,
+ Over the fire and ate it.
+
+[Illustration: =How Kulóskap Went Whale-Fishing=]
+
+ Now the Master, having marked
+ The light which was in the heaven
+ Long after the sun went down,
+ Said, “The sky is red, and the night
+ I think will be bitter cold.”
+ And the other understood
+ That by his magic power
+ The Lord would bring a frost
+ And make it cold indeed;
+ So he made the Marten bring
+ All the wood that lay without,
+ With the fresh oil of a porpoise
+ Which he multiplied ten times
+ By sorcery; and then
+ They sat them down and smoked,
+ And sang old songs and told
+ Tales of the early time.
+ But ever the cold came on,
+ And at midnight, when the fire
+ And fuel were all burnt out,
+ The Marten froze to death,
+ And then the grandmother.
+ But still the giants smoked on,
+ And laughed and talked as before.
+
+ Then the rocks all round without
+ Split with the awful cold.
+ The great trees in the forest
+ Were rent with frost, and the sound
+ Was like thunder above, but still
+ The Master and “He who was born
+ After his mother’s death.”
+ Kitpûsâgunâû,
+ Laughed on, and so they sat
+ Until the sun arose.
+
+ And then Kulóskap said
+ Unto the grandmother:
+ “_Nugumích, nemchaase!_”
+ “O grandmother, arise.”
+ And then unto the boy
+ “_Abistaneûch, nemchaase!_”
+ “Marten, arise!” and both
+ Awoke to life once more.
+
+ Then as the day was fair
+ They went into the woods
+ To seek for game, yet found
+ Full little. All they got
+ Was one small beaver, so
+ The Master said: “My friend,
+ You may keep all of that.”
+ Then Kitpûsâgunâû
+ Fastened it to his knee
+ Where it dangled like a mouse.
+ But as the giant went
+ On through the woods, and on,
+ The beaver ever grew
+ Larger and larger still,
+ Till ’twas of monstrous size;
+ Then he who bore it, took
+ A mighty sapling. This
+ He twisted to a withe
+ And with it, to his waist
+ He tied the beaver fast;
+ But still it grew apace
+ Till, trailing after him,
+ It tore down all the trees,
+ So that the giant left
+ A clean fair road behind.
+
+ Then when the night came on
+ They fished for whales again,
+ And feasted as before
+ And had the cold again;
+ So, even as before,
+ The grandmother lay dead
+ Of cold, with Marten, too.
+ Then Kitpûsâgunâû
+ Yielded unto the spell,
+ And Kulóskap sat alone,
+ Alone as conqueror.
+ But when the sun arose
+ He brought them back to life;
+ And, laughing heartily,
+ Said merrily, “Good-bye!”
+ To Kitpûsâgunâû.[33] L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[32] Long ago Kulóskap came to Partridge Island.
+
+[33] The last nine lines of this poem were added by me conjecturally. L.
+
+
+
+
+ VIII
+
+ KULÓSKAP AND WUCHOʿSEN, THE WIND-EAGLE
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Wuchoʿsen nit kininagwʾsit
+ Kʾchî plakʾn potowatak pemlamsuk._[34]
+
+
+ Wuchoʿsen the Giant Eagle,
+ The Bird-Who-Blows-the-Winds,
+ Lives far away in the North,
+ Ever sitting on a rock
+ Which is at the end of the sky;
+ Because when he flaps his wings
+ The wind blows over the earth,
+ Men gave him the name of old.
+
+ When Kulóskap lived among men,
+ He often in his canoe
+ Went forth to kill the wild-fowl,
+ Ducks or swans or brant,
+ Which swim upon the sea.
+ One day the tempest roared,
+ The waves were as high as hillocks,
+ Even Kulóskap the Lord
+ Cared not to face the storm;
+ So then he said to himself:
+ “Wuchoʿsen has made this mischief
+ And all to show his power,
+ So now he shall feel mine!”
+
+ He turned him to the North,
+ It was long ere he came to the end;
+ There on a moss-grown rock
+ He found a great White Bird,
+ The Eagle of the Wind.
+
+ “Grandfather!” said the God,
+ “Thou takest no compassion
+ Upon us Kosesak--
+ That is, ’thy suffering children’--
+ For thou hast raised this storm.
+ It is too terrible!
+ Be easier with thy wings!”
+
+ The Giant Bird replied:
+ “Even from the earliest time,
+ And from the earliest days,
+ Ere aught beside on earth
+ Had ever uttered word,
+ I moved my wings and spoke
+ In Wind unto the World;
+ For mine was the first Voice
+ E’er heard in life or time,
+ Therefore I’ll ever speak,
+ And ever move my wings,
+ At freedom, as I will.”
+
+ Then Kulóskap the God,
+ Arose in all his might,
+ Tremendous--for he rose
+ Up to the clouds above--
+ And took the Giant Bird
+ As if he were a duck,
+ And, tying fast his wings,
+ Cast him afar, adown
+ Into a deep dark cleft
+ Between the splintered rocks,
+ And left him lying there.
+
+ Then all the Indians
+ Could go in their canoes
+ As freely as they chose
+ For many days and months.
+ But then as time went by,
+ They noted day by day
+ That all the waters grew
+ So stagnant and so foul
+ That even the Master found
+ He could not row his bark;
+ All was so thick and dead,
+ And rottenness and slime
+ Crept into all the world.
+ And then he thought upon
+ The Giant Bird, and went
+ To find him, far away.
+ As he had left him, so
+ He found him, for the Bird,
+ The Spirit of Air,
+ Can never truly die.
+
+ And so he picked him up,
+ And then with care untied
+ One single wing, but left
+ The other tightly bound.
+ And since that time the Wind
+ Has never been so wild
+ As ’t ever was of yore. L.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[34] Wuchoʿsen, that is the great eagle which blows the winds.
+
+
+
+
+ =Canto Fourth=
+
+ THE MASTER AND THE SORCERERS
+
+
+ I
+
+ KULÓSKAP AND WINPE; OR, THE MASTER’S FIRST VICTORY
+
+ [_Micmac_]
+
+ _Piʾche ktagudimol._[35]
+
+
+ All in the olden time,
+ Or in the first of all,
+ Of all things here on earth,
+ Men were as animals
+ And animals as men.
+ But how this mystery was,
+ No one can understand,
+ Though some explain it thus:
+ As Man was made the first,
+ All creatures first were men,
+ But as they gave themselves
+ To this or that desire
+ Like that of animals,
+ And all their souls to it,
+ So were they changed to brutes.
+
+ Yet ere this came to pass
+ There was a middle time
+ When they could change their forms
+ To beasts or men at will;
+ Yet more and more and more
+ Even as men, they showed
+ In all, the Animal.
+
+ Then Kulóskap the Great
+ Lived on a wooded isle
+ With many Indians
+ Whose names and natures, too,
+ Were all of beasts and birds.
+
+ These men, and most of all
+ The one called Pulowech,
+ The Partridge, had attained
+ To certain magic power.
+ These, as they found him great,
+ Grew jealous of the Lord,
+ He who was ever Man;
+ And so they all resolved
+ To leave him in the isle.
+ But with them take away
+ His grandmother, likewise
+ Marten, the boy, who served
+ The Master in his lodge.
+ In Micmac Marten’s name
+ Is Abistanēūch; he
+ Was of the Elfin kind,
+ One who could change his form
+ To what he pleased. For all
+ Relating to the Lord
+ Was wonderful and strange.
+
+ This Marten ever ate
+ From a small dish of bark
+ Called Witchkwîdlakunchich.
+ Whene’er he left this plate
+ Kulóskap always knew
+ The place where it was laid,
+ And by a glance thereat
+ Could tell whate’er had happed
+ Unto his family.
+ Kulóskap had, beside,
+ A wondrous magic belt
+ Which gave him endless strength
+ And untold mystic power.
+ Yet to increase his might,
+ Even he, the Lord of Men,
+ Must often all alone,
+ Dwell in the wilderness,
+ And fast and pray and dream,
+ Until by penance strong
+ He gained once more his power.
+
+ Among his enemies
+ Who dwelt upon the isle,
+ Was one named Winpe, who
+ Of all was terrible;
+ So he and all the rest,
+ With Marten as a slave,
+ Likewise the grandmother,
+ One day when Kulóskap
+ Was hunting in the North
+ Got into their canoes
+ With all their worldly gear,
+ And sailed, far, far away.
+
+ Now when the Lord returned
+ And saw that all were gone,
+ He sought and found the dish
+ Which Marten had concealed,
+ And on it read the truth:
+ How he had been deceived
+ And whither all had fled.
+
+ Now, it is said, the Lord
+ To gain tremendous power,
+ Or such grand mastery
+ As man had never won,
+ Went to the wilderness,
+ And there for seven years
+ So trained his mighty mind
+ By penance into will,
+ That when the time was o’er
+ He knew that he had won,
+ And that no thing on earth
+ No sorcerer nor fiend,
+ Giant nor devil grim,
+ Could now resist his power.
+ So when the time had come
+ He called his dogs, and went
+ Down to the shore and looked
+ Far o’er the rolling sea,
+ And sang the magic song
+ Which all the Whales obey.
+ Soon in the distance rose
+ A small dark spot, which grew
+ In size as it drew near.
+ ’Twas but a little whale;
+ It came unto the Lord,
+ But he was now a giant;
+ He stepped upon the whale.
+ It sank beneath his feet;
+ He laughed and said, “Begone!
+ Thou art too small for me!”
+
+ He sang again the song,
+ But now with all his power;
+ And then there came the Queen
+ Of all the whales, and she
+ Was as a giantess
+ Even among her kind;
+ She bore him easily
+ Unto Kespūgitk, then
+ She paused and said, “O Lord!
+ I dare not further go,
+ For I shall run ashore.”
+ And this he wished because
+ He would not wet his feet,
+ And so he lied and said:
+ “The land is far away.”
+ So she went boldly on,
+ Till she beheld below,
+ The bottom of the sea
+ With many shells on it;
+ And then she said in fear:
+ “The land, does it not seem
+ To thee like a bow-string?” “No!”
+ He answered, “Land is far.”
+
+ The water grew so shoal
+ That soon she heard the song
+ Of many Clams, who lay
+ Deep shelled below the sand.
+ They were the enemies
+ Of Kulóskap the Man,
+ Their only enemy,
+ And so they sang to her:
+ “Hasten and throw him off,
+ And drown him in the sea.”
+ But great Putúp the whale
+ Who did not know their tongue,
+ Asked what the words might mean?
+ And he replied in song
+ “They tell you to make haste;
+ _Nenagimk_, ’to hurry’;
+ To hurry, to hurry along,
+ Away--as fast as you can.”
+
+ The whale like lightning flew
+ Until she found herself
+ High up upon the shore,
+ Then she, too, cried in woe:
+ “Alas, alas! Nujich!
+ My grandchild, you have been
+ My death at last--for now
+ I cannot leave the land;
+ I shall swim in the sea no more!”
+
+ But Kulóskap answered her:
+ “Nʾgumi, have no fear!
+ You shall not suffer, for
+ You shall swim in the sea once more.”
+ Then with a push of his bow
+ Against her head, he sent
+ The whale into the sea,
+ Into the deep once more.
+
+ And then the whale rejoiced,
+ But ere she went she said:
+ “O darling grandson mine!
+ O Master! Hast thou not
+ Tobacco in thy pouch,
+ Therewith a pipe to spare?”
+ And he replied, “Ah yes!
+ I see you want a smoke,
+ I have what you require.”
+
+ He gave the whale a pipe,
+ Tobacco and a light
+ And so she sailed away
+ Rejoicing as she went,
+ A-smoking as she swam;
+ While Kulóskap, the Lord,
+ Leaning upon his bow
+ Beheld the long low cloud
+ Which trailed behind her, till
+ She vanished far away.
+
+ So to this very day,
+ The Indians, when they see
+ A whale who blows, cry out:
+ “Behold, it smokes a pipe,
+ The pipe of Kulóskap.”
+
+ And so the Lord went on,
+ Meeting at every step
+ Adventures wild and strange;
+ Witches and sorcerers
+ Sought to delay his steps,
+ Until at last he came
+ To Uktâkumkuk, or
+ Néwfoundland, where his foes
+ Had been, then fled away.
+
+ Again he sang his song,
+ And once again a whale
+ Carried him far away,
+ Away unto the North;
+ And now he found indeed
+ That he had gained his end,
+ Since by the shore he saw
+ A wigwam, and therein
+ His sorrowing grandmother
+ And Marten well-nigh dead;
+ Winpe the sorcerer
+ Had treated them full ill.
+ Greatly did they rejoice
+ To see their Lord once more;
+ And then Kulóskap said:
+ “When Winpe shall return
+ Do all that’s in your power
+ To irritate the man
+ To make him mad with wrath;
+ So shall he lose his power,
+ For anger weakeneth will.”
+
+ They did what he required
+ When Winpe came again,
+ Till in a roaring rage
+ He sought to take their lives;
+ When lo! before their eyes
+ The Master stood and gazed
+ In aspect terrible,
+ Upon his angry foe.
+ Winpe fell back a pace
+ To gain once more his power;
+ It came and it was great.
+ With all his evil will
+ The sorcerer raised his strength
+ And as it came he grew
+ In giant stature, till
+ His head was o’er the pines;
+ And truly in those days
+ The pines were higher far
+ Than those we have to-day:
+
+[Illustration: =Kulóskap and Winpe=]
+
+ But Kulóskap the Great
+ The Lord of Men and Beasts,
+ Laughed as the thunder roars.
+ And grew until his head
+ Was far above the clouds,
+ Until he reached the stars,
+ And ever higher still,
+ Till Winpe seemed to be
+ A child beneath his feet.
+
+ Then, holding him in scorn,
+ Kulóskap the great lord
+ Smote Winpe with his bow
+ As one might strike a dog;
+ Down fell the sorcerer dead!
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[35] I will tell you of long ago.
+
+
+
+
+ II
+
+ HOW A WITCH SOUGHT TO CAJOLE THE MASTER
+
+ [_Micmac_]
+
+ _Kes saak._[36]
+
+
+ This is a story of the olden time.
+ It chanced that great Kulóskap met a witch,
+ An evil being who had made herself
+ Look like a fair young girl, and that so well
+ By all the deepest art of sorcery,
+ That she was sure the Lord could never see
+ Through her disguise--wherein she was a fool,
+ Because he read her at a single glance.
+
+ She bade him take her out in his canoe;
+ So forth they sailed over a summer sea
+ With a sweet breeze. The witch upon the way
+ Sought to beguile the Lord with loving words
+ To which he made no answer, knowing well
+ What kind of passenger he had on board.
+
+ And so she played all her cajoleries,
+ While he remained as grim as any bear,
+ Replying with a growl to loving words;
+ Till in a rage she changed her melody
+ Into the curse which raises up the storm
+ As if to show defiance of his power.
+ And it was terrible when the wind howled
+ Over the waves which madly rose and fell
+ Like great white wolves a-jumping while they run;
+ And the red lightnings flashed, while the great sea
+ Grew dark as if to show their fire the more.
+
+ And then the Master was enraged indeed,
+ That a vile witch should dare to play such tricks
+ With him, the mighty Lord of Beasts and Men;
+ And, driving the canoe unto the beach,
+ He leaped ashore, and giving it a push
+ He sent it headlong out to sea again,
+ And cried: “Sail with the devil if you will,
+ But ne’er on earth again in human form!”
+
+ Then she in terror cried: “What must I be?
+ Oh, Master, say what shape shall I assume?”
+ And he replied: “Whatever form you please--
+ That grace alone I give thee.” In despair
+ She plunged into the deep and there became
+ The _wĕbĕtumekw_, a ferocious shark
+ Which has upon its back a mighty fin
+ Like a great sail when swimming in the sea.
+
+ So the canoe and witch were changed as one
+ To the great evil fish, and to this day
+ The Indians when they see it, ever cry:
+ “Behold the girl, who in the olden time
+ Was punished by the Master.” That is all! L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[36] Of old time.
+
+
+
+
+ III
+
+ HOW KULÓSKAP FOUGHT THE GIANT SORCERERS AT SACO
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Yut nʾkani aknodʾmâgon uch Kulóskap._[37]
+
+
+ This is a tale of Kulóskap,
+ An old one. There was a father
+ Who had three sons and a daughter,
+ And all were Mteolinwuk,
+ That is, they were magicians
+ Of terrible power, and giants;
+ They ate men, women, and children;
+ Yea, they did everything
+ That was wicked and horrible;
+ And the land grew tired of them
+ And of all their abominations.
+ Yet when this family
+ Was young, Kulóskap had been
+ Ever and truly their friend;
+ He had made their father his father,
+ The brothers his brothers, the sister
+ His sister by adoption,
+ As Indians often do.
+
+ But, as they all grew older,
+ And the Master began to hear
+ On every side of their sins.
+ He said: “I will go among them
+ And find if this be true;
+ If it be so, they shall die--
+ I will not spare one of those
+ Who oppress and devour mankind,
+ I care not who he may be.”
+
+ This evil family dwelt
+ Near the place that now is Saco,
+ Upon the sandy field
+ Which is in the Intervale,
+ Or the summer bed of the river,
+ Among the White Mountains, which lie
+ Between Kèzitwâzuch,
+ Or Mount Kearsarge the mighty,
+ And Kchibenabesk
+ The towering rock, and near
+ Wʾnâgʾmeswuk Wigît
+ The Home of the Water Elves.
+
+ Now the old man, the father
+ Of all these evil sorcerers,
+ Had only one eye, and he
+ Was half gray like a stony mountain;
+ Then the Master made himself
+ Like to the hoary old fellow;
+ There was not between them
+ The difference of a hair.
+ So having taken this form
+ He entered into the wigwam
+ And sat by the agèd man.
+
+ Then the murdering brothers
+ Who never spared a soul,
+ Hearing that some one was talking,
+ Peeped slyly in, and seeing
+ A stranger so like their father
+ That they knew not which was which,
+ Said: “This is a great magician,
+ But he shall be tried ere he goes,
+ And that right bitterly.”
+
+ Then the giantess sister took
+ The tail of a whale, and cooked it,
+ And gave it to the stranger
+ That he might eat it, when
+ Just as it lay before him
+ On the platter, and on his knees,
+ The elder brother entered
+ And saying: “This is too good
+ For a beggar like you,” took it
+ Away to his own wigwam.
+ And then the Master said:
+ “That which was given to me
+ Is mine--so I take it again.”
+ And sitting still he _willed_
+ Or wished for it to return.
+ And lo! the dish came flying
+ Again into his lap!
+ And he ate from it, undisturbed.
+ Then the brothers said: “This truly
+ Is a very great magician,
+ But he shall be tried ere he goes,
+ And that right bitterly!”
+
+ When he had eaten, they brought
+ A mighty bone; the jaw
+ Of a whale, and the elder brother
+ With great ado, and using
+ Both arms and all his strength,
+ Bent it a little, and proudly
+ He held it to the Master
+ Who with the thumb and finger
+ Of his right hand alone,
+ Snapped it like a green twig,
+ And crumbled it to powder.
+ Then the brothers said again:
+ “This is truly a great magician,
+ But he shall be tried ere he goes,
+ And that right bitterly.”
+
+ [Illustration:
+ Then they brought an enormous pipe
+ Full of the strongest tobacco;]
+
+ Then they brought an enormous pipe
+ Full of the strongest tobacco;
+ No man, not even a sorcerer
+ Could have smoked such fearful stuff.
+ And as it was passed around
+ All of them smoked. The brothers
+ Blew the smoke through their nostrils
+ As if it were light as air.
+ But the Master filled it full
+ And, lighting it, burned all
+ The tobacco into ashes
+ At one puff, with a single pull!
+ Blowing all the smoke through his nose
+ Even as they had done.
+ Then they said and now in anger:
+ “This is truly a great magician;
+ But he shall be tried ere he goes”--
+ They never said it again!
+
+ Yet still they tried to smoke.
+ They shut the door of the wigwam
+ Hoping to smother him.
+ But he puffed and puffed away
+ As if he had been on the top
+ Of a mountain in a breeze,
+ Till one said: “This is idle,
+ Let us go and play at ball!”
+
+ The place where they were to play
+ Was the sandy stony plain
+ Which lies on the bend of the river.
+ And so the game began.
+ Kulóskap discovered
+ That the ball with which they played
+ Was a hideous human skull,
+ A living thing which snapped at
+ His heels. Had the Master been
+ As other men, the monster
+ Would have bitten a foot away.
+ Then he laughed aloud, and said:
+ “So this is your style of foot-ball!
+ Well and good! But let us all play
+ With our own balls.” He stepped
+ Up to a tree by the river,
+ And broke off a hole or knot
+ And it turned to a living skull,
+ But one which was ten times greater,
+ And ten times more terrible
+ Than that which the sorcerers used.
+ And the three brothers ran
+ Before it as it chased them
+ As rabbits are chased by a lynx;
+ They were entirely beaten.
+ Then Kulóskap stamped in the sand,
+ And the waters rose and came rushing
+ Fearfully from the mountains
+ Adown the river bed;
+ The whole land rang with their roar.
+ Then the Master sang the song,
+ The magic song which changes
+ All creatures to other forms,
+ Which changed the Three and their father
+ Into the Chinames,
+ A fish which is long and broad
+ As a man, and they all went headlong
+ Down in the flood to the ocean
+ Where they must dwell forever
+ And are caught unto this day.
+
+ These three magicians wore
+ Each one a collar of wampum
+ Of purple beads and white,
+ Wherefore the Chinames
+ Has exactly round its neck
+ Or below its head, the same,
+ Distinctly marked and clear;
+ They were mighty men in their day
+ And great Mteolinwuk,
+ But were tried before they went
+ And that most bitterly.
+
+ Yes indeed, Nsîwes, my brother,
+ This story is really true,
+ For Kulóskap was very great
+ In his day--and a day will come
+ When I myself shall go to him. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[37] This is an old story about Kulóskap.
+
+
+
+
+ IV
+
+ HOW THE MASTER SHOWED HIMSELF A GREAT SMOKER
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Piʿche Kulóskap kʾchî skitap._[38]
+
+
+ Kulóskap the Great,
+ Lord of Beasts and Men,
+ Was ever a boon companion
+ And a right valiant smoker.
+ In all the world was no man
+ Who loved a well-filled pipe
+ Of good and fragrant tobacco
+ So heartily as he did.
+
+ Now in that happy time,
+ The sun shone warmer and brighter,
+ The summers were far longer
+ In the land of the Wabanaki
+ Than they truly are to-day.
+ And the Indians raised _tomáwe_,
+ That is to say, tobacco,
+ Far better than the best
+ Which ever is seen to-day.
+ And they found a mighty solace
+ In burning the gold-brown leaves.
+
+ There came one day to the Master
+ A great and evil magician
+ Who sought to take his life,
+ As the Master at once perceived;
+ For he read the thoughts of men
+ As though they were strings of wampum--
+ Seeing deep into every heart.
+
+ Now this evil magician thought,
+ By first amazing the Master
+ Through some wonderful trick, to weaken
+ The will which gave him strength;
+ As they say a fish is frightened
+ When he sees that his foe swims faster,
+ And is too much alarmed to fight.
+
+ So the sorcerer sat to smoke
+ With a pipe whose bowl was bigger
+ Than the head of any man,
+ With a stem full ten feet long;
+ But ever that of Kulóskap
+ Grew to the size of a pumpkin,
+ And then like the ten-foot boulder
+ Which lies on the beach at Rye;
+ And the smoke which rose from his puffing
+ Was like that of a forest fire.
+
+ Then the sorcerer filled his pipe
+ Afresh with strong tobacco,
+ Such as would kill if they breathed it
+ A porcupine or a toad.
+ And at one pull he burned it
+ Leaving no spark behind;
+ And at one whiff he sent it
+ Out in one great round ball;
+ Then sat and looked at the Master.
+ And then the Lord Kulóskap,
+ Whose pipe was many times greater,
+ Also sent his tobacco
+ Out in a puff as round--
+ Out in a mighty ball
+ As hard as any flint,
+ And, blowing it on the ground
+ Which was of granite rock,
+ Split it asunder, so
+ That a valley yawned between them.
+ Then they both sat in silence
+ Until the Master said:
+ “Do that--and then take my life.”
+ But the wizard could do no more,
+ And returned in shame and anger
+ To the evil ones who had sent him. L.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[38] Long ago Kulóskap was a great man.
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ V
+
+ KULÓSKAP AND THE WITCH
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy and Micmac_]
+
+ _Nequt Kulóskap meiaoet
+ Pechian kʾtakʾmikomnok. Nit kʾmʾtkinansnok
+ Neke bʾsʾnboek kʾchî Kiwaʿkwik._[39]
+
+
+ When Kulóskap the Master
+ Came into this world of ours,
+ Or the Land of the Wabanaki,
+ It was full of giants and monsters,
+ Sorcerers, dwarfs and demons,
+ Mighty beasts and men,
+ Fiends and the Indian devils,
+ And, worst of all, the witches,
+ And worst among them Pûjinskwes,
+ A word which means “The Pitcher.”
+
+ She could be fair when she would,
+ Fair as a rosy sky
+ With stars still beaming in it
+ In very early dawn;
+ Or terrible as a storm,
+ When it howls among the mountains,
+ And lightens in the midnight.
+
+ Now while the Master was young,
+ And had not gained the power
+ Which he won in riper age,
+ Pûjinskwes sought his love.
+ But he knew that she was evil,
+ So he fled away from her wooing,
+ And the wild-cat witch pursued him.
+ It was a dreadful flight,
+ Since to make their steps the longer
+ Both took the giant form,
+ Took it by magic power.
+
+ It was an awful storm,
+ A terrible storm in winter
+ When the wind is chasing the clouds;
+ It was like a frightful tempest
+ In summer when the lightning
+ Chases after the thunder.
+ Deep lay the snow on the earth;
+ Therefore they both wore snow-shoes;
+ But, when they came to the shore,
+ Kulóskap leaped from the mainland
+ Over the sea between
+ To the island of Grand Manan;
+ And so he escaped from the sorceress;
+ For the shoes which the Master wore
+ Were round and out of the common;
+ While those of the witch were long,
+ Long it is said and pointed,
+ And the marks of the two are still
+ To be seen deep pressed in the rocks
+ By the shore to this very day.
+
+ But for days and years thereafter
+ Pûjinskwes sought to slay him,
+ And she had terrible power,
+ The might of the Evil Witches
+ Which came from the early time.
+
+ Now ’tis the greater part
+ Of the Indian art of magic
+ To know what our foes are planning,
+ Planning and plotting against us,
+ And all their tricks and devices
+ Which they scheme in the darkened paths,
+ The darkened paths of Evil.
+ In knowing this, Kulóskap
+ Was the greatest and the first,
+ And, knowing new arts of magic,
+ Went far beyond them all.
+ For before his time all sorcerers
+ Went every one his way
+ Unheeding the ways of others,
+ Even in wickedness.
+ But Kulóskap first of all
+ Threw out his soul unto others
+ To find what others knew.
+
+ When the Lord was on the warpath
+ Seeking the sorcerer Winpe
+ Who had carried away his household,
+ He came to Ogomkeok
+ Where he found a great birch wigwam,
+ And, in the wigwam seated
+ Bending over a fire,
+ A strange old woman--a horror
+ Of all old hags and ugliest--
+ Trembling in every limb,
+ As if death stood at her elbow,
+ Dirty, ragged and loathsome,
+ He never had seen the like.
+
+ Then looking up at the Master
+ With bleared and pitiful stare,
+ She begged him to bring some fire-wood
+ Which he did indeed, while knowing
+ Who it was who was so disguised,
+ For he knew it was Pûjinskwes
+ And he laughed at her in his heart.
+
+ Then she said to him, “O stranger,
+ As thou art a man of mercy,
+ Pray free me from the _waagûkw_
+ From the monstrous terrible vermin
+ Which madden me by their bites!”
+ Now all the _waagûkw_ were devils,
+ The spirits of every poison,
+ Which she thought had such a power
+ As must even kill the Master.
+
+ But he foreseeing this
+ Had taken as he came
+ Cranberries from a swamp,
+ And bidding her bend over,
+ He took the imps from her hair,
+ And every one as he took it
+ Turned into a porcupine,
+ Or else a terrible toad.
+ When she asked him, “Have you found one?”
+ And, “I have,” replied the Master;
+ Then, “Crush it,” was her answer,
+ So then he crushed a berry,
+ And Pûjinskwes, hearing the sound,
+ Thought to herself: “The poison
+ Which is now upon his fingers
+ Will soon be in his heart,
+ And death will follow after.”
+
+ But Kulóskap put the devils
+ One by one as he found them
+ Under a wooden platter
+ Which was lying close beside him.
+ And as he did this he chanted
+ A song which put her to sleep,
+ A song of wonderful power.
+ So she slept until the morrow
+ And when she awoke, the Master
+ Was far away, and her devils,
+ Porcupines, toads and all,
+ Were swarming over the floor,
+ For they had upset the platter.
+ Then she was filled with fury
+ To think he despised her so
+ That he had not even cared
+ To kill her while a-sleeping.
+ Then she burst forth in madness,
+ Wild as the Indian devil
+ Forth in her own true figure
+ As beautiful as sin,
+ Wild as the wolverine;
+ And gathering up her imps,
+ And summoning all her power
+ Of magic by fiercer will,
+ Went forth to meet the Master.
+
+ Onward he went to the North
+ Till he came to a pass in the hills.
+ It was a great ravine
+ Wherein two monstrous beasts
+ Waylaid all travellers
+ And tore them limb from limb.
+ Straight at his dogs they flew;
+ He did but touch the dogs,
+ And speak a word of power,
+ When up they grew to size
+ Stupendous, so they seized
+ The beasts e’en as the wolf
+ Seizes a rabbit. Then
+ The fight was at an end.
+ These dogs had been so trained
+ That when called off they fought
+ More fiercely than before,
+ And when told not to bite
+ They ever bit the more.
+
+ Soon he came to the top
+ Of a high hill, and looking
+ Afar o’er all the land
+ Beheld, away in the distance,
+ A wigwam, and knew in his heart
+ That an enemy dwelt therein;
+ And coming to it he found
+ An old woman with two fair daughters.
+ But he knew at a glance that the mother
+ Was a witch among the witches,
+ And the one who sought his life.
+
+ The girls came to him greeting
+ With fond and pleasing glances,
+ Asking if he was hungry,
+ And offering him a dainty:
+ The entrails of a bear
+ Which, when turned and smoked and seasoned,
+ Are deemed by all delicious.
+ They are a common gift
+ Of Indian girls to their lovers,
+ For, when cast around the neck
+ As a necklace, it means “I love you.”
+ But these had been enchanted,
+ Poisoned by magic spells;
+ Had the Master taken them then
+ He would have lost his power.
+
+ Little they knew of the magic,
+ The new and wonderful magic
+ Of reading the thoughts of men,
+ Which the Lord had brought into the land,
+ Unknown to the witches of yore;
+ So as they came wooing round him
+ With smiles and wanton glances,
+ He smiled, as if all he wanted
+ Of them, was to be won!
+ So he took the gift which they offered,
+ But, instead of putting it on,
+ Cried out to his dogs, “_Cuss! cuss!_”
+ Which in Micmac means “Stop, stop!”
+ But which they had been trained to believe
+ Was, “Hie at them!” They flew at the witches
+ When both flashed up like fire
+ In the terrible form of devils,
+ As flaming female fiends.
+ Then came an awful tumult
+ Such as never before was seen
+ In the land of the Wabanâki;
+ All the earth and rocks around
+ Were rent in the dreadful tumult
+ And all the while the Master
+ Cried merrily to his dogs:
+ “Stop, stop! These are my sisters,
+ Let them alone! Be quiet!”
+ But the more he bade them be peaceful
+ The more they attacked the witches
+ And drove them at last away.
+
+ Then the Master entered the wigwam
+ Where Pûjinskwes sat waiting,
+ Waiting for him as dead,
+ Waiting for him as food.
+ So he said to her while smiling,
+ “Grandmother, are you hungry?
+ Do you love the links of a bear?
+ Then here are some.” He threw them
+ Around her neck and she died,
+ Died and became a devil.
+ Yet the sorcerers when devils
+ Ever rise to life again;
+ Ever rise to work men mischief,
+ For evil can never die.
+
+ Then the Master kept on his way
+ Till he met the giant Winpe--
+ The evil sorcerer Winpe
+ Whom he slew in terrible battle.
+ This is the song of the Micmacs,
+ Of the Master’s earlier deeds.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[39] When Kulóskap the Lord came into our land the country was full
+of great giants.
+
+
+
+
+ VI
+
+ KULÓSKAP AND THE WITCH CALLED “THE PITCHER”
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Uskijinwi otenesis._[40]
+
+
+ There was an Indian village
+ Wherein dwelt many people,
+ Who were all of the Pogumʾk
+ Or of the Black Cat totem;
+ And wisest and bravest among them
+ Was Kulóskap the chief;
+ And when he went forth a-hunting
+ With the _tumʾhîgʾn_ (tomahawk),
+ The knife and bow and arrow,
+ He slew the moose and the bear;
+ So he gave meat to the poor,
+ So he fed all the tribe,
+ Yet, though he was chief of the Black Cats,
+ He was by his mother a Bear.
+
+ Pûjinskwes the witch and devil
+ Was also one of the Black Cats;
+ She was woman or man as she listed,
+ But in those days she lived as a man;
+ And, because she hated the chieftain,
+ She thought how she might kill him,
+ And take his place in the tribe.
+ One day when all the people
+ Were packing to travel away
+ To another place for summer,
+ Pûjinskwes asked the chief
+ To go with him (or _her_,
+ As you may choose to take it),
+ Adown to the water side
+ To seek for the eggs of the gull.
+ Then both in a canoe
+ Went far away, and still farther,
+ Till they came to a lonely island.
+ And while Kulóskap was seeking
+ For eggs along the seaside
+ She stole away in silence,
+ Away in the _agwedʾn_
+ That is, in the birch-canoe.
+ And as she paddled away
+ She sang in the Indian tongue:
+ “_Nikedha pogumʾk mʾneʿnuk
+ Petesinel sagʾmawiw!_”[41]
+ “I have left the Black Cat on an island,
+ I shall be the chieftain now.”
+
+ So she returned to the village;
+ Next day they all departed,
+ There was not one of them left,
+ Save the one who was worth them all.
+ Then at night they camped, and expected
+ The chief who w’ould come to them,
+ And then the evil Pitcher
+ Ruled them as Sagamore.
+
+ Now for thirty days Kulóskap
+ Who had well-nigh lost his power
+ Of magic, as all magicians
+ Are often all exhausted,
+ Remembered that his friend
+ The Fox was mteolin,
+ With all the strength of sorcery.
+ And still the mighty Master
+ Could sing the wonderful song
+ Which is heard to any distance,
+ Away over forests and mountains,
+ Over the rolling rivers.
+ So he sang and the Fox soon heard it,
+ And he travelled by night and day
+ Until he came to the ocean,
+ And swam to the lonely isle.
+
+ “Now swim with me to the mainland,”
+ Said the Fox unto the Master.
+ “Brother, I cannot do it
+ For all my power is gone.”
+ “Hold to my tail” said the Fox,
+ “Be of good faith, my brother,
+ We soon shall gain the shore.”
+
+ “But remember,” said the Fox,
+ “While we are in the water
+ Thou must keep thine eyes fast shut.
+ All depends upon that,
+ On that alone and thy faith.”
+
+ So all went well for a time,
+ But anon the chief grew weary,
+ And opening one eye a little
+ It seemed to him that truly
+ They were not ten feet from the shore,
+ And being of little faith
+ He thought--for he spoke not aloud:
+ “We shall never get to land:”
+ But the Fox who read his thought,
+ Replied, “Do not believe it,
+ I _will_ that we reach the shore.”
+
+ But the journey lasted long,
+ For what seemed unto the Master
+ To be ten feet, was really
+ Ten miles--and the wind was high,
+ And the waves were wild and beat them,
+ For the witch had raised a storm;
+ And it was late in the evening
+ Before they reached the land.
+
+ “And now my elder brother,”
+ Said the Fox, “you may go your way.”
+ He went and came to the camp
+ Where he had left his people.
+
+ There all was silent and sad,
+ The ashes were cold on the hearths,
+ In the deserted homes,
+ In the lonely, silent wigwams;
+ So he followed the tracks of the Indians,
+ And in a day came near them.
+ The first whom he overtook
+ Was his mother bearing his brother;
+ Nʾmokswes, that is the Sable,
+ Or as others say the Marten.
+ She bore him on her back,
+ The child’s back lay against her,
+ So that, while she looked forward,
+ He could only look behind.
+ As Kulóskap peered from a thicket,
+ Smiling to see the boy,
+ The Sable cried: “Oh, my brother
+ Is coming to us at last!”
+ And she turned her head, yet saw nothing,
+ For the Master hid his head
+ Quickly behind a tree.
+ But the infant cried again:
+ “Indeed and truly, mother,
+ I saw my brother there!”
+ And this time glancing quickly
+ She caught a sight of the Master,
+ And they all laughed for joy.
+
+ Then the mother threw Nʾmokswes
+ Like a stick down into the leaves,
+ But the Master bade him rise
+ And run to the camp with speed.
+ “And when you are there,” he said,
+ “Build up a mighty fire,
+ A fire of hemlock bark,
+ And take the Pitcher’s babe,
+ Whom she so dearly loves,
+ And has given to you to tend,
+ And throw it into the fire;
+ Then run to me for your life,
+ For verily thou wilt be
+ In direst need to do it.”
+
+ And as he had commanded
+ It was done. When the fire was hot
+ Nʾmokswes threw the imp,
+ The child of an evil mother,
+ Into the roaring flames,
+ And it was burned to death.
+ Then the sorceress who was maddened,
+ As you may well believe,
+ With rage, pursued the Sable,
+ Even as a starving wolf
+ Chases a rabbit in winter:
+ Nʾmokswes in great fear
+ Cried, “Oh my elder brother!”
+ And the sorceress yelled: “Call out!
+ Call loudly as you can!
+ For to save your life you must run
+ As far as the distant island
+ Where I left him long ago.”
+ But at the word the Master
+ Stepped forward, and as he faced her
+ Said: “He need not run so far.”
+
+ Then, seeing him, fear came o’er her,
+ But laughing aloud to hide it,
+ She said: “I only chased him
+ In sport, for I truly love him.”
+ But the Master answered grimly,
+ “I know thee and thy love,
+ And also all thy tricks,
+ Thou who art truly a devil.”
+ Then feeling that his power
+ Of magic was returning,
+ He used his mighty will,
+ And the will awoke to might,
+ And before his breath the sorceress
+ Was driven backward lightly,
+ Like a leaf before the wind
+ Till her back was against a tree;
+ Then he said to her, “Remain
+ Ever attached to the bark,”
+ And so indeed she remained,
+ Though not as the Master meant.
+
+ Then the Master and his brother
+ Together went to the camp;
+ Great was the joy when he came.
+
+ The Pitcher had a hatchet,
+ And so with much ado
+ She cut herself (or himself),
+ In time away from the tree.
+ The Black Cats heard her chopping,
+ Pounding and chopping all night;
+ And wondered what it might be.
+ She came to them in the morning,
+ But a fragment from the tree
+ Ever adhered to her back:
+ So they laughed at her in scorn,
+ And sang together these words:
+
+ “He who made the chief
+ Stay on a distant island,
+ Is now stuck by the chief
+ Fast with his back to a tree.”
+
+ It is said she turned to a toad
+ Which bears to this day on its back
+ A hump, or the piece of wood
+ Which was carried away from the tree.
+ Though another legend has it
+ That, as during all her life
+ She had tormented men
+ With her insatiate longing,
+ She was changed to a mosquito
+ Which preys on them in the night,
+ The blood-thirsty stinging Tʾsiso
+ Ever a-stinging and singing:
+ “Give me thy life and blood.”
+ It is said it was at Fresh-Water,
+ After she left Bar Harbor,
+ That she changed into the insect
+ Which ever will bear her name.
+
+ Pûjinskwes had many children
+ Whose fathers were giants and monsters,
+ Sorcerers and demons,
+ But, as they all were hideous,
+ She stole from the Indian women
+ Their fairest babes, and pretended
+ That they were all her own.
+ Among these was a comely youth,
+ And as he grew older he wondered
+ That most of his brothers and sisters
+ Were dark and like the devils
+ While he, and a few, were fair.
+ So one day he asked Pûjinskwes
+ Why it was? She answered laughing:
+ “The dark were born in the darkness,
+ But thou, my son, by day.”
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[40] There was an Indian village.
+
+[41] This couplet indicates the metre into which most of the original
+can be resolved.
+
+
+
+
+ VII
+
+ HOW KULÓSKAP SAILED THROUGH THE CAVERN OF DARKNESS
+
+ [_Micmac_]
+
+ _Nʾkani bʾmaoinnoak itmok niktuk iloiknuk wesisek
+ Kulóskap honichan uch negum
+ Naga honosokoan nihit Piliomeskasik ktakʾmigw._[42]
+
+
+ It is told in old traditions,
+ And even in them with a difference,
+ According to the nations
+ In which these songs are sung,
+ That “in these olden times,”
+ Kulóskap’s seven neighbors,
+ That is, seven beasts of the forest,
+ Stole his family from him
+ And that he long pursued them
+ Even to Néwfoundlánd.
+
+ When he came there it was night,
+ And, finding Marten alone,
+ He took him into the forest,
+ Bidding him seek for game,
+ Putting his belt on the boy;
+ Which gave him such magic power
+ That he killed both moose and bear,
+ And brought all gayly home.
+
+ Now it came to pass in the morning,
+ That old Dame Kâkâgûch,
+ The meddling and spying Crow,
+ Observed that meat was drying
+ In the smoke of the Master’s wigwam.
+ This news she spread abroad,
+ Adding that trouble was coming,
+ For the Master must have returned.
+
+ Then a great fear came upon them,
+ They sat every man in his wigwam,
+ Waiting for death in silence
+ For they knew the Master had come.
+ But when he had slain Winpe
+ And saw them sitting in silence,
+ Frightened like so many rabbits
+ Before a hungry wild-cat,
+ He laughed aloud and forgave them;
+ For he was noble and generous,
+ And cared for no small foe.
+ And as they were very hungry,
+ For he had come in a time
+ When all of them were starving.
+ He fed them all with venison;
+ So sorrow left the wigwams.
+ But as they had left him of old,
+ He left them in turn and departed.
+ Ere they had known his power,
+ They had left him alone to die;
+ Now that they knew his power,
+ They feared they should die without him.
+ But he left them to go their path
+ And turned his steps toward others.
+ Then, having made a canoe,
+ The Master and his mother,
+ Dame Bear, and Marten, his brother,
+ Went forth on a mighty river
+ Which was in its beginning
+ Both broad and beautiful.
+ So they sailed away down the stream
+ Till they came to mighty cliffs
+ Which ever grew higher and closer,
+ Till they met in an arch overhead,
+ But the river ran on beneath them,
+ And ever far underground,
+ Deep into earth and deeper,
+ Till it dashed into roaring rapids
+ Among rocks and wild ravines;
+ Then under cataracts,
+ So horrible that death
+ Seemed to come and go as they darted
+ With every plunge and motion
+ Headlong in their canoe.
+
+ [Illustration:
+ But the Master with silent soul
+ Ever sang the songs of magic.]
+
+ Narrower grew the water,
+ More dreadful still the current,
+ And fear came over the mother
+ And then on the brother Marten,
+ Till of that fear they died.
+ But the Master with silent soul
+ Ever sang the songs of magic,
+ The awful incantations,
+ Till he had passed the darkness
+ And came again into sunlight,
+ The bright and beautiful day.
+
+ He found upon the bank
+ A lonely deserted wigwam,
+ Therein he carried the dead,
+ And, laying them down, he said:
+ “_Nemchaase!_” that is, “Arise!”
+ And behold they both arose,
+ And thought they had only slept.
+ Then the Master found by this trial
+ He had gained his greatest power. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[42] The old people say that seven beasts stole Kulóskap’s family
+from him and that he followed them to Newfoundland.
+
+
+
+
+ VIII
+
+ HOW THE MASTER FOUND THE SUMMER
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Piche pamaosoinnoak wiwikitopʾnik
+ Mequatoekak ospassio._[43]
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ In the long time ago,
+ When people ever lived
+ In the red morning light
+ Or ever the day of man had come;
+ Before the sun had risen
+ And ere the Eastern land
+ Was peopled as to-day,
+ Kulóskap, the great lord,
+ Went far into the North
+ Where all was snow and ice.
+
+ He came to a great lodge
+ Wherein he found a giant,
+ Truly a wondrous one
+ The greatest of his race,
+ For he was Winter. When
+ The Indian god came in,
+ He sat in silence down;
+ Then gave as welcoming
+ A pipe unto his guest;
+ And as they smoked, the host
+ Told stories to the chief--
+ Tales of the olden time,
+ In the old giant tongue.
+ A charm was in the words,
+ The enchantment of the frost,
+ And so the giant talked on,
+ Freezing with every word,
+ Until Kulóskap fell
+ Into a sleep like death.
+ Six months he silent lay,
+ Even as the bear or toad
+ Lies quietly till spring:
+
+ Then, when the charm was gone,
+ The Indian god awoke,
+ Woke with his might renewed.
+ Homeward he turned his way
+ Unto the glowing South.
+ At every step his foot
+ Met with the growing grass,
+ Warm breezes greeted him,
+ And many a forest flower
+ Rose up and talked in song.
+
+ He came into a dell
+ Deep in the greenwood shade,
+ Where many little fays,
+ Fair little sun-ray elves,
+ Were dancing in their joy.
+ And their sweet fairy queen,
+ Bright Summer, led the round--
+ Summer most beautiful
+ Of beings ever born.
+ He caught fair Summer up,
+ And, by a crafty trick,
+ He kept her as his own;
+ For, as he fled away,
+ And as the elves pursued,
+ He let behind him trail
+ A long and slender cord
+ Cut from a moose-hide. All
+ Pulled gayly at the end;
+ But as he ran, he let
+ The cord run out, and they
+ Were ever left behind,
+ Because by magic power
+ The moose-cord had no end!
+ Even so the Lord escaped
+ The Fairies of the Light,
+ The Ladies of the Dawn!
+
+ Again as he returned
+ He came unto the lodge
+ Where grim old Winter lay,
+ Who gayly welcomed him,
+ Hoping to freeze the god
+ Again into sleep, and hold
+ Him very sternly there,
+ Forever in his power.
+ But hidden in his breast
+ Kulóskap held the charm
+ Of a great victory,
+ For he had Summer there;
+ Even as now to you
+ I sing the summer song!
+
+ They sat them down and smoked.
+ This time the Master told
+ Tales of the ancient time
+ In the old giant tongue
+ Once spoken by the gods--
+ Magic and wonder tales.
+ This time he had the power;
+ His spell was mightiest,
+ And his strange wizardry
+ The stronger of the two.
+ Ere long the hut grew warm
+ And then down Winter’s cheeks,
+ His cheeks of hard gray stone,
+ The melting ice-drops ran,
+ Till he and all his home
+ Fell down, and in a flood
+ As water rushed away
+ Adown between the rocks
+ Into the roaring sea!
+
+ Then everything awoke.
+ The seeds and wildflowers grew.
+ The snow in rivers ran
+ Bearing away the leaves
+ Left from the Fall before;
+ The fairies all came out
+ And then Kulóskap turned
+ Again unto the South,
+ Leaving his captive there;
+ Summer was in the land. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[43] Long ago people used to live in the red light of morning.
+
+
+
+
+ IX
+
+ HOW KULÓSKAP LEFT THE WORLD
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy and Micmac_]
+
+ _Yut negum tan Kulóskap
+ Udelinaktamnes uskitkamigw._[44]
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ When the great Kulóskap,
+ The Lord of Beasts and Men,
+ By power, for all his people
+ And for the world, had subdued
+ All of the evil things
+ Which cursed the early time,
+ Giants and sorcerers,
+ Witches and devils dire,
+ Fiends and every horror,
+ All were silenced then.
+ The ice-hearted Kiwakʿw
+ Wandered no longer free
+ In the green wilderness,
+ And the mighty bird Kullû,
+ Great as a hundred eagles,
+ No longer scared the Indian
+ As it spread its mighty wings
+ Like a cloud ’twixt earth and the sun.
+ Evil beasts, devils and serpents
+ Were found no more in the land,
+ And the world at last knew peace;
+ For the Master had taught to man
+ All that should make him happy;
+ But all were in turn ungrateful,
+ And, while they feared the Master,
+ Grew every day more wicked,
+ Forgetting him in their hearts;
+ And sin roared in the land.
+
+ Now when the ways of men
+ And of beasts became so evil,
+ So false, proud and ferocious,
+ Kulóskap as their lord
+ Was angered at their sin,
+ Yet bore it as a god
+ Till all his love was gone;
+ As oil spreads over the sea
+ Till all is thinned away.
+ Then he sent messengers forth
+ Inviting all to a feast,
+ The richest ever known
+ By the great Lake Minas shore,
+ On the silver water’s edge;
+ And all the beasts of the wood,
+ The fathers of all the tribes,
+ Came to the feast in state,
+ Came at the call, to revel;
+ But the Lord had little to say.
+ Solemn and grim was the banquet,
+ All knew that the chief was going,
+ And knew, too, why he would leave them.
+
+ And when the feast was over,
+ Kulóskap, the Lord of all living,
+ Entered his great canoe
+ And sailed away over the water,
+ The shining waves of Minas;
+ And they looked in silence at him
+ Until they could see him no more.
+ Yet, after they ceased to behold him,
+ They still heard his voice in song,
+ The wonderful voice of the Master!
+ But the sounds grew fainter and fainter
+ And softer in the distance,
+ Till at last they died away.
+
+ Then over them all was silence,
+ Till a wonder came to pass;
+ For all the beasts, who, before
+ Had spoken but one common language,
+ Now talked in different tongues;
+ Each with a tongue of his own
+ Understood the others no more.
+
+ So they parted from one another
+ And fled to the sea or the forest;
+ And, since that day of the parting,
+ They never have met in council,
+ And never again will meet
+ Till the day when all sins and sorrows
+ Will be in full forgiven,
+ Forgiven and forgotten,
+ And their Lord the great Kulóskap
+ Shall return to restore to his children
+ The age of sunshine and plenty;
+ When all shall dwell together
+ In peace and joy forever;
+ Till then the world will mourn.
+
+ And ’tis said that, when the Master
+ Had left Acadia,
+ The bird who most had loved him,
+ The great white Snowy Owl
+ Went far into the North,
+ Into the deep dark forest,
+ Where to this day his children
+ Sing to the night “_Kūkuʿskūūs!_”
+ Which means in Indian,
+ “I am sorry, oh, I am sorry!”
+ And the loons who had been his huntsmen,
+ Go up and down by the waters,
+ Over the snow-topped mountains,
+ Across the rushing rivers,
+ Through dale and wood and valley,
+ Seeking in vain for their master,
+ The Lord whom they cannot meet;
+ Ever wailing, wailing sadly,
+ Because they find him not. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[44] This is how Kulóskap left the world.
+
+
+
+
+ X
+
+ THE MASTER AND THE FINAL DAY
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Kulóskap mech pʾmaoso?_[45]
+
+
+ “Is Kulóskap living yet?”
+ Yes, far away, but no one knoweth where--
+ Beyond the mountains or above the skies,
+ Where in the autumn’s lengthening twilight shades,
+ He smokes his _tūmʾhîgʾnpowâgon_,
+ His ancient tomahawk-pipe,
+ Making the brown air
+ Of the pleasant Indian summer.
+ Some say that he sailed away
+ In his marvellous stone canoe,
+ Afar beyond the sea,
+ To the country of the East;
+ Some that he went to the West;
+ And ’tis said that in days of old
+ There were men who knew where he dwelt,
+ And, making a pilgrimage
+ Could get from him what they sought.
+ And they say that, even now,
+ If you travel ever on,
+ Travel in perfect faith,
+ You’ll find at last the Kchi Sagem,
+ That is the great Sagamore
+ The greatest of all lords.
+
+ “Is Kulóskap living yet?”
+ Yes, he lives in a very great wigwam,
+ A wigwam very long--
+ That is, a council lodge--
+ Where he always is making arrows;
+ And all one side of the lodge
+ Is full of arrows now,
+ All closely packed together,
+ Even as your fingers lie.
+ When all the lodge shall be full
+ The god will come forth to battle,
+ And till then no mortal being
+ May ever enter the wigwam.
+
+ “On whom will war be made?”
+ He will make it on all mankind,
+ He will end all life that endures,
+ For the world will pass away
+ When that battle shall come to an end.
+ I know not when it will be,
+ To-morrow it may come
+ Or hundreds of years away.
+
+ “Are any to be saved
+ By any one, in that hour?”
+ That is beyond my ken,
+ All I have heard is this:
+ That the world will pass away
+ In roaring fire and flame,
+ While all the sea will rise
+ Hot boiling into mist,
+ And that the good with it
+ Will rise on high to heaven;
+ It may perhaps be so;
+ I’ve only heard it told,
+ Just heard it--and no more. L.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[45] Is Kulóskap alive yet?
+
+
+
+
+ PART SECOND
+
+ =Witchcraft Lore=
+
+
+
+
+ WITCHCRAFT LORE
+
+
+
+
+ I
+
+ THE WIZARD’S CHANT
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Nil nolbin naga ntetlitemen pekholagon._[46]
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ I sit and beat the wizard’s magic drum;
+ And by its mystic sound I call the beasts.
+ From mountain lair and forest nook they throng;
+ E’en mighty storms obey the dreadful sound.
+
+ I sit and beat the wizard’s magic drum;
+ The storm and thunder answer when it calls.
+ Aplasemwesit, mighty whirlwind, stops
+ To hearken to the mystic sound I make.
+
+ I sit and beat the wizard’s magic drum;
+ And Chibelaʿkwe, night-air spirit, flies
+ To hearken to the mystic sound I make;
+ And old Wuʾchoʿsen, storm-bird of the North,
+ Rests his great pinions, causing calm to reign,
+ To hearken to the mystic sound I make.
+
+ I sit and beat the wizard’s magic drum;
+ And Lumpeguin, who dwells beneath the wave,
+ Arises to the surface struck with awe,
+ To hearken to the mystic sound I make.
+ E’en Atwuskniges, armed with axe of stone,
+ Will cease his endless chopping, and be still
+ To hearken to the mystic sound I make.
+
+ I sit and beat the wizard’s magic drum;
+ And Appodumken, with his long, red hair,
+ Ariseth from the depths, and draweth near
+ To hearken to the mystic sound I make.
+
+ The lightning, thunder, storm and forest sprite,
+ The whirlwind, gale, and spirit of the deep,
+ The Chibelaʿkwe, loathly night-air ghost,
+ All come together, and with reverent mien
+ Will hearken to the mystic sound I make. P.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[46] I sit and beat the magic drum.
+
+
+
+
+ II
+
+ THE WOMAN AND THE SERPENT
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Piʿchedog Laʿtogwesnuk._[47]
+
+
+ Far away, very far in the North,
+ There dwelt by a great fair lake
+ An Indian and his wife,
+ A very beautiful woman
+ Given to strange wild dreams;
+ Passion was in her blood.
+
+ The lake was frozen over
+ For many months in the year;
+ One day, when she cut away
+ The ice, she saw in the water
+ A pair of wonderful eyes
+ Steadily gazing at her;
+ Bright eyes which charmed her so
+ That she could not move a hand;
+ Then she saw a handsome face
+ And a graceful slender young man,
+ Who rose from the glittering water,
+ And he himself, like it,
+ Glittered from head to foot;
+ On his breast were _nʾskemanul_,
+ Or shining silvery plates.
+
+ He said, “I am Aʿtosis,
+ The King of all the Serpents”;
+ Little she cared for his nature,
+ She talked with him of love,
+ She returned his fond embraces;
+ Every day she came to meet him,
+ And often in the night.
+
+ Her husband noticed that often
+ She strayed away from home,
+ And asked her, why she wandered?
+ She answered, “To get fresh air.”
+
+ The weather grew ever warmer;
+ The ice from the lake had melted,
+ Grass, flowers and leaves were growing.
+ The woman patiently waited
+ Till her husband was asleep;
+ Then she stole away in silence
+ From the one whom she kissed no more
+ Unto her serpent lover
+ Whom she kissed with all her heart.
+
+ The husband greatly suspecting,
+ Resolved to watch her wandering.
+ And so, to avert suspicion,
+ Said, “Stay here in the wigwam,
+ For I shall be gone three days
+ To hunt the deer in the forest.”
+ But at the end of the second
+ He came again to the wigwam,
+ And found that she was absent.
+ As he sat, re-kindling the fire,
+ She entered. He saw upon her
+ Bright shining silver scales;
+ He asked her what ’twas that glittered?
+ She answered, “My silver brooches.”
+
+ He said. “I must go again
+ To be absent hunting to-morrow.”
+ He went to the top of a hill
+ Overlooking the lake, where he watched her.
+ She went and sat by the shore;
+ Then rose afar in the water
+ What seemed to his sight to be
+ A shining flake of ice,
+ But when it came to the shore
+ ’Twas a tall and slender man
+ All clad, as it seemed, in silver.
+ The woman leapt up and embraced him,
+ And gave him many kisses.
+
+ The husband in awe and anger
+ Went forth to other people,
+ And left his wife forever;
+ But soon her father and mother
+ Came to her home to see her,
+ And dwelt with her many days.
+ And every day, when returning
+ From an absence they knew not whither,
+ She brought them furs and venison,
+ With fish and fowl in plenty.
+
+ They asked her whence she had it?
+ She answered, “I have another,
+ A husband who suits me better
+ Than him whom first I married.
+ This one can give me all.
+ He is a better hunter.”
+ She sent them away with presents,
+ With many silver bracelets,
+ With many ear-rings and brooches
+ And said: “Do not return
+ Till the ice is here in winter.”
+
+ When they returned they found her
+ White as a silver lily:
+ Her Indian hue had faded;
+ And soon she gave birth to offspring
+ But her children all were serpents.
+ Then the parents went away;
+ But even as they left her
+ She said: “When you come again
+ You will see me but never know me!”
+
+ Years after three Indian hunters
+ Who had heard this wondrous story
+ Sought by the lake for the wigwam.
+ It was standing still, but empty,
+ But all the wood about it
+ Was full of great black serpents
+ Which from the grass uprising
+ Would look them in the face
+ Then glide away in silence. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[47] Far away in the north.
+
+
+
+
+ III
+
+ THE WIZARD SNAKE
+
+ [_Abenaki_]
+
+ _Noñwat nizwak noñkskwesizak._[48]
+
+
+ Long years ago, two lovely Indian girls
+ Were wont to leave their people every week,
+ Embarking secretly in birch canoe.
+ Their tribe knew neither why nor where they went.
+ One summer’s noon a hunter chanced to stray
+ Close to a well-hid pond in forest deep,
+ Where, puzzled by the sound of plashing spray,
+ He stole behind the alders for a peep.
+ There swam the damsels in abandoned glee,
+ Their hair all streaming with a loathly snake.
+ Then when they felt the hunter’s look of awe
+ Straightway they dived beneath the surface foul.
+ In horror, back the hunter made his way
+ And told the Indians what his eyes had seen.
+ Then, all together left the happy town
+ And struggling through the brush and tangled wood
+ Went straightway to that fearsome pool to save
+ The damsels from a fate too dread to tell.
+ But ah, when they drew near, they heard them sing,
+ All sad and woful in a wailing chant:
+ “No more, no more may we turn back again,
+ For mortal eye hath seen us in our sin.” P.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[48] Long ago there were two maidens.
+
+
+
+
+ IV
+
+ THE MEASURING WORM
+
+ [_Abenaki_]
+
+ _Noñwat alnoñbak liwʾlalmoñldamōk
+ Ali mʾdaulinʾwak aïdit._[49]
+
+
+ Long, long ago the Indians believed in witches’ power.
+ One day a man was hunting far from human sights and sounds,
+ Deep in the wildest forest glades, nor thought of magic wiles,
+ When suddenly he heard a voice which said to him: “Depart,
+ And come again to this same spot at earliest streak of dawn.”
+ Awestruck, the hunter at the hour appointed sought once more
+ To hear the mystic tones which came to him he knew not whence.
+ So at the morrow’s dawn he trod again the darksome glade;
+ And once again he heard the voice command him in this wise:
+ “Begone from here and seek the spot where yawns a precipice.
+ There on the earth thine eyes shall see a liver freshly cut
+ This eat and then depart; but come again, I’ll give thee strength.”
+ Then on the following day, he brought his bow and arrows sharp
+ And heard the voice command him: “Do thou shoot at yonder tree,”
+ He shot, and saw his arrow pass straight through the doomèd tree.
+
+ Astonished beyond measure then, he bade his mother look.
+ “_O kini nikʾn_,” “mother, see,” he cried in wonder great.
+ His mother saw and straightway feared; began to watch the lad,
+ And marked that when he lay at night no sleep would come to him,
+ But always after little time he’d rise and steal away,
+ Till daylight dawned and then he would come creeping back to bed.
+ At last, all tortured by her pain and harrowed by her fears,
+ She questioned him and said: “My son, where hast thou been all
+ night?”
+ Quoth he: “My friend and I have played together in the wood.”
+ She asked once more: “My son, pray tell what is it that you do.”
+ “We have been killing serpents vile and eating them,” said he;
+ “A serpent’s liver eaten giveth magic gifts to man.
+ I am not as I was before, but have the power to move
+ And climb from ledge to ledge as doth a worm, upon my head.
+ My friend hath taught me how to pass through ways impassable
+ To all save us.” “Who is thy friend?” His mother asked of him.
+ “His name is Tatebákwunowat, which means ‘a Measuring Worm.’
+ Of sport like this I never dreamed;” and yet the mother feared,
+ And told her agèd husband that their son was lost to them;
+ For he’d become _mʾdaulin_ and endowed with secret might.
+ Then spake the father: “This shall cease; I know a way to save
+ The foolish lad.” So when the evening came, he locked him in
+ And would not let him forth to roam in spite of all his prayers.
+ Then came the sound of some one walking heavily and hard,
+ The old man looked and saw a Thing of horror at his door,
+ Large eyes, short arms, short body and long legs of insect shape.
+ “Set free thy son thou foolish one,” the loathsome wizard cried.
+ “Not I,” replied the father, and at once let fall the flap
+ Before his wigwam door. The lad grew very ill and begged,
+ Entreated and implored that he might be allowed to roam
+ As he had done before, but only got the answer “No.”
+
+ Yet once again when morning’s light shone whitely on the trees,
+ Another wizard slowly came before the wigwam door.
+ At his approach the leaves and shrubs all rustled as from wind.
+ “Why dost thou seek to keep thy son from getting magic power?
+ He hath the magic gift to be the greatest of the great
+ Among us men who practise arts unknown to thee and thine.”
+ So spoke the wizard scornfully; the father stern replied:
+ “I have no wish that son of mine should be like thee and thine.”
+ Then quoth the wizard: “Thou shalt see thy son die here to-night,
+ For we have taken him too far to let him back to thee.”
+ “I care not if he die or no,” the father answering said,
+ And moaning with an angry moan the wizard drew away
+ And soon was lost to sight amid the waving forest leaves.
+
+ In awful agony the boy lay stretched upon the earth
+ Retching and crying out as one who soon must breathe his last.
+ Till suddenly he vomited a mass of serpent skins,
+ And then at last cast up the magic liver from his mouth.
+ This was the end of all his woe, for when that loathsome thing
+ Had left his body he arose all strong and purged and clean
+ And never more was known to seek to practise magic arts. P.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[49] Long ago the Indians believed there were wizards.
+
+
+
+
+ V
+
+ THE PʾMULA OR AIR-DEMON
+
+ [_Abenaki_]
+
+ _Noñwat agua ni alnoñbak pʾmigowak kʾpiwi._[50]
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ In days of yore some Indians were camping in the woods
+ And one of them when near a stream heard a strange sound o’erhead.
+ At once he looked and lo he saw a sprite of upper air,
+ Called by the Indians, Pʾmûla, alighting on a ledge.
+
+ The demon took a piece of yellow metal from his lips
+ And bent himself to drink and then, restoring to his mouth
+ The metal, spread his spacious wings and, rising, soared away.
+ The man perceived that power to fly lay hidden in this charm,
+ And so at once decided he would steal the thing away.
+ It was not long before he heard again the rush of wings.
+ This time, though, when the demon had alighted, he ran forth,
+ And, snatching up the yellow charm, said, laughingly: “Ha, ha,
+ My friend, do thou lie there a while, and I will fly about!”
+ Then the Pʾmûla told the man: “If thou wilt let me go,
+ I’ll give to thee another charm which aye will bring thee luck.”
+ The Indian at once believed the demon’s given word
+ And gave him back the yellow charm which brings the power of flight.
+ Soaring aloft the Pʾmûla at once was lost to view
+ But after a brief period returned and gave the man
+ The two great eye-rings of a snake, and once again was gone.
+ No sooner had the hapless wight these eye-rings in his hands,
+ Than every kind of snake and beast that roam the northern woods
+ Surrounded him, till, terrified, he rushed to his canoe.
+ E’en there a giant serpent’s head confronted him agape.
+ Then, quite beside himself with fear, he fled to thickest wood,
+ And when at length all out of breath and weary with the chase
+ He had to pause, he saw that still a host of snakes was there.
+ Then suddenly he thought: “This dread comes from the magic rings.”
+
+ So, raising up a heavy stone, he laid them safe beneath.
+ And there they lie unto this day all full of mystic power.
+ The Indian then ran away and saw no more strange sights,
+ But ever on his hunts abroad he killed sufficient food,
+ For all the forest creatures had no fear of him who once
+ Had had the serpent’s eye-rings from the demon of the air. P.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[50] Long ago some Indians camped in the woods.
+
+
+
+
+ VI
+
+ THE LITTLE BOY KIDNAPPED BY THE BEAR
+
+ [_Penobscot_]
+
+ _Nâwad agua eleʿkza niʿkwop kʾdado kéowun._[51]
+
+
+ I am going to tell you now what happened long ago.
+ Some Indians were camping with their children near a lake
+ And one fair morning started off to hunt the wary moose,
+ The children left alone in camp, as is the Indian way.
+ On that same day a little lad who scarce could walk unhelped,
+ Tottered and crawled away from camp until he lost the path
+ And passed the cold and bitter night afar out in the bush.
+ When morning dawned he thought he saw his mother drawing near
+ And, rushing to her side, he held her fast in firm embrace.
+ This was a she-bear, shaggy, great and strong as oxen twain.
+ She seized the lad and bore him off and fed him in her den.
+ When the old folk returned to camp they sought the boy in vain.
+
+ [Illustration:
+ This was a she-bear, shaggy, great and strong as oxen twain,
+ She seized the lad and bore him off.]
+
+ For ten full days, all day and night, they sought the boy in vain.
+ At last they broke up camp and, sorrowing, went back unto their
+ town.
+ All winter long the baby lay warmed by the sleeping bear
+ And drawing nourishment at need forth from her milky teats--
+ A wonder this, and quite unlike the usual way of bears.
+ But this one was a wizard bear who wished to keep the lad.
+ When spring-time came, the wizard of the little Indian town
+ Took twenty men and started off to seek the long-lost lad.
+ He had found out by secret arts the way to his abode.
+ When they arrived, the furious bear rushed forth in anger dire
+ But met her death by magic shot, and thus the boy was saved;
+ He ran away, but soon was caught and to his kind restored,
+ But during many years that lad was wild as any bear. P.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[51] I am going to tell you of what happened long ago.
+
+
+
+
+ VII
+
+ THE WIZARD AND THE CHRISTIAN PRIEST
+
+ [_Abenaki_]
+
+ _Askua ali wigiidit waʿkasimigʾzowak
+ Salaʾki agua ni wijiganun kigamʾwinno._[52]
+
+
+ A priest of God came to an Indian town
+ And settled there to teach the people truth,
+ Which some received and others spurned with scorn.
+ Some hostile Mohawks fell upon that town,
+ Killing the folk, all save the Priest and one,
+ An Indian of many magic gifts.
+
+ Late in the afternoon of that same day
+ The Mohawks reached their village with these two:
+ The holy Priest and Wizard skilled in craft.
+ The Mohawks held a council by the fire
+ Discussing how to torture best the twain,
+ So as to see their frenzy, and enjoy
+ With gloating satisfaction every pain.
+ They all agreed to heat two earthen pots
+ On fiery coals unto the whitest heat;
+ Then place these pots upon the head of each
+ And watch them dance about till life was spent.
+
+ With merry whoop they started up the fires;
+ Began at once to heat the torture pots.
+ Soon, when they thought the glow was great enough,
+ They first of all laid hands upon the Priest.
+ Then he who had been taken with the Priest
+ At once brought all his magic arts to bear,
+ And burst his bonds asunder with a yell
+ That curdled every heart among the foe.
+ The Wizard cried in Indian tongue: “_Nda
+ Awâni niûna ndelima--
+ Magahôûnana_,” which means: “My friends,
+ We shall not torture any one (to-day).”
+ And then he leapt upon the fiery coals
+ And danced and danced, until his feet did fry
+ And sizzle hot like bacon in a pan.
+ Then all the Indians were full of fear.
+ But when to crown the horror of the whole
+ They saw the wizard put the glowing pot
+ On his own head and leap about in glee,
+ They all took flight in terror to the woods.
+ Then spake the Wizard: “Father, now escape.”
+
+ When they had reached all safe and sound their home,
+ The Priest said to the Wizard: “O my son,
+ Thou shouldst repent and turn thee from thine art
+ Unto God’s ways and ever keep the Faith.”
+ Then quoth the Wizard laughing: “Father mine,
+ Had I repented and mine art eschewed,
+ Then were we both of us dead men this day.”[53] P.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[52] A priest came to where some families were camping.
+
+[53] This song is very interesting, as indicating a survival of the
+old Indian faith in their magicians as superior to Christian power.
+It is quite like the many indications in Italian tales, relating to
+witches, in which the sorcerer conquers the priest.--C. G. L.
+
+
+
+
+ VIII
+
+ WIZARD WARFARE
+
+ [_Abenaki_]
+
+ _Noñwat nd-odananok
+ Mʾsalok mdaulinʾwak._[54]
+
+
+ Long, long years ago
+ When wizards were not few
+ There happened near our town
+ A war of which I’ll tell.
+ One day a wizard wise
+ Sought counsel from the gods,
+ And entered in the hut
+ They knew as _petegwîgun_--
+ A round-house made of bark,
+ With opening above;
+ No door nor window there
+ Save only at the top
+ Through which the wizard climbed,
+ And, lying there in trance,
+ Saw all the foemen’s wiles.
+ Then, singing magic songs,
+ Forth from that hut he came
+ And ordered all the tribe
+ To rise and meet the foe,
+ The cruel Mohawk foe,
+ Encamped not far away.
+ So all the Indian braves
+ Embarked in their canoes,
+ Went down one stream, then up
+ Another, paddling soft,
+ Avoiding any sound.
+ At last they saw a smoke
+ Arising far away.
+ Then spake the wizard thus:
+ “Do ye all wait me here
+ And I will go and spy
+ The numbers of the foe,
+ Taking with me but one;
+ Another Indian brave
+ Who hath the magic gift.”
+ These wizards then withdrew
+ Into a thicket’s shade,
+ Whence suddenly emerged
+ In beaver’s guise the one,
+ In muskrat form his friend.
+ When they drew very near
+ The island where the foe,
+ The cruel Iroquois,
+ Were feasting on a moose,
+ The beaver and the rat
+ Dived deep beneath the stream,
+ Causing that sudden plash
+ Which even to this day
+ Makes many a hunter jump.
+ Among the Iroquois
+ Another wizard sat
+ And when he heard the plash
+ Quoth he: “The foe is there,
+ The fierce Abenakis.”
+ Then, grasping in his hand,
+ The legbone of a moose,
+ He flung it straight and far
+ To where the muskrat swam
+ And struck him on the head.
+ The beaver seized his friend
+ And drew him ’neath the stream
+ And held him till he drowned,
+ In order that his pains
+ And struggle for his life
+ Should not alarm the foe.
+ The Iroquois then rose
+ And danced around the fire
+ Thinking in hideous glee
+ Of how when morrow came
+ They’d torture all their foes.
+
+ [Illustration:
+ The beaver seized his friend
+ And drew him ’neath the stream.]
+
+ They then lay down to sleep.
+ At once the beaver swam
+ To shore to their canoes
+ And gnawed with his sharp teeth
+ Great holes in the birch bark
+ Of which these craft were made.
+ The wizard beaver then
+ Swam back to his own folk
+ To whom he said: “Arise,
+ Come, quickly hunt them out.”
+ The fierce Abenakis
+ Came stealthily and still
+ And landed on the isle
+ Where lay the Iroquois.
+ Then, whooping with the cry
+ Of war which chills the soul,
+ The fierce Abenakis
+ Awoke the Iroquois
+ Who, paralyzed with fright,
+ Rushed straight to their canoes
+ Which sank in mid-stream all--
+ The work of wizard teeth.
+
+ Then the Abenakis
+ Swooped down with horrid cries
+ And then slew all their foes
+ Save only two. I’ll tell
+ What ’twas they did to them.
+ Of all their slaughtered foes
+ They first cut off the heads
+ And stuck them up on stakes
+ All over that fair isle.
+ Then to their prisoners
+ Whom they had saved alive,
+ They gave a little thought.
+ So first they bound them fast
+ Then pried with cruel sticks
+ Their mouths till open wide;
+ Cut off their lower lips,
+ Showing the grinning teeth,
+ Then severing half their ears
+ And half their noses too,
+ They said to them in scorn:
+ “_Kdihleba nda mina
+ Ni nojimigahakw_:”
+ “We warn you now, my friends,
+ Do not attempt again
+ To come against us here.”
+ This was the way they marked
+ The prisoners in old days.
+
+ Then they gave them food
+ Enough to give them life
+ Upon the journey home,
+ In order that these maimed
+ And harshly usèd foes
+ Should tell the Iroquois
+ In northern forest far
+ That the Abenakis
+ Were mightier than they.
+
+ That island to this day
+ Is called the Place of Skulls,
+ Wdupsek in our tongue. P.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[54] Long ago there were many wizards in our town.
+
+
+
+
+ IX
+
+ THE WIZARD’S HUNTING
+
+ [_Abenaki_]
+
+ _Noñwat mʾzi mʾdaulinowak nadialoldowak._[55]
+
+
+ In ancient days when wizard power was great
+ There were two mighty men who knew these arts
+ And understood full well unholy skill.
+ Once on a time it chanced that these great twain
+ Did quarrel for a certain hunting ground.
+ The one had set up deadfalls in the paths
+ Where run the timid deer, all ignorant
+ Of man, and man’s desire to slaughter them.
+ The other wizard straightway came along
+ And, ruthless, snapped these deadfalls every one,
+ To irritate his fellow wizard’s heart.
+ Twice did the mischief-maker do this deed,
+ Till, finally, the injured man bethought
+ Him that he must consult the secret powers
+ How he should catch and punish well the foe.
+ So crawling into _petegwîgun′s_ shade--
+ This was the magic round-house where the gods
+ Give wisdom unto man--he lay in trance
+ Until he saw a cruel wolverine,
+ Which he at once knew well to be the foe.
+ Then, leaping from the house of magic arts,
+ He followed fast the trail of Wolverine
+ Who was the evil-hearted enemy.
+ This mischief-making wizard straightway knew
+ That he was being followed, so he changed
+ Himself into a hooting, snowy owl
+ That wakes the echoes of the forest night.
+ Thus he escaped and forthwith went again
+ And full of glee the other’s deadfalls broke.
+ At last the injured wizard in despair
+ Went to consult his uncle in the glade
+ Where hang the alders drooping by the stream.
+ “O Uncle, aid me in my direst need
+ And find for me this rascal foe,” he cried,
+ “Who changes into every living thing,
+ And thus escapes my burning righteous wrath.”
+ His uncle was a wizard full of power,
+ So he at once departed for a time
+ And then, returning, said: “I’ve found thy foe,
+ He lives within thy shanty in the woods,
+ He’s taken his abode within the cracks
+ Where thou hast sewn the bark upon thy roof.”
+ “How then shall I be able to outwit
+ A foe so wily and so full of skill?”
+ The nephew asked. The uncle told him all.
+ And then the injured wizard went his way
+ Unto his barken shanty in the woods.
+
+ When he was sitting by the fire that night
+ An evil bat of monstrous size flew forth
+ From underneath the shanty’s sloping roof.
+ Straightway the wizard seized and held the bat
+ So close unto the glowing fiery coals
+ That all his filthy, vermin-reeking hair
+ Was clean consumed--then let him fly away,
+ Feeling that vengeance had been wreaked full well.
+ No more thereafter was there mischief wrought
+ And all his hunting met with fortune fair.
+ Then later in the year the wizard came
+ Home to the village laden down with spoils
+ And trophies of the chase, and there he saw
+ A man he knew with skin all scarred and burned.
+ Quoth this one to the wizard: “O my friend
+ I have been duly punished for my sin.
+ Do thou now heal me quickly and forgive
+ That I have caused thee trouble in the chase.”
+ The wizard then took pity on his foe
+ And healed his burns and made him whole again. P.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[55] Long ago all the wizards used to hunt.
+
+
+
+
+ X
+
+ SIX SHORT TALES OF WITCHCRAFT
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Kʾchi Joe Benoit mʾdeaulin
+ Kʾchi kʾnokwchil pohégunul._[56]
+
+
+ Old Joe Benoit, a friend of mine,
+ Was full of all unholy skill and power.
+ He quarrelled with a man who like himself,
+ Was wizard and a guileful, crafty foe.
+ A giant turtle’s form Joe Benoit took;
+ The other changed himself into a snake;
+ The twain then met and fought in combat dire
+ Within the waters of a little lake
+ Which since that time has ever borne the name
+ Of Neʿseyik, which means “the muddy lake,”
+ Because their strife had stirred up all the soil
+ And weeds, and roiled the waters of that pool.
+ Joe Benoit slew his foe, the giant snake.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ Old Lacote was a wizard made a trap,
+ A deadfall trap for bear off in the woods.
+ When he had set the trap all fast and firm,
+ He crawled within to test the prop-stick stout.
+ But by the magic arts of wizard foe
+ Through old Sabatis’ guile who owed him hate,
+ The prop-stick fell and let the great bear-trap
+ Drop full upon old Lacote’s head and back.
+ His son was there and dragged the old man forth.
+ But Lacote knew to whom he owed ill-luck.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ When I was fifteen years I saw a man
+ Who had become a demon of the wood,
+ A Miʿkumwess with power to change his size
+ And art to sink into the rocky soil
+ Up to his ankle-joints or knees as though ’twere sand.
+ I saw myself the tracks where he had sunk
+ Into a soil all full of rocks and roots.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ My father was a wizard and had power
+ To call unto his partner miles away.
+ I’ve often heard him singing in the night
+ All low and weird, and when the morning dawned,
+ He’d tell me what his partner’s luck had been.
+ I never knew his magic skill to fail.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ My brother told me, many years ago,
+ Some wizards had a quarrel, and they slew
+ One of their number, took his corpse away
+ And ate it on the isle of Grand Manan,
+ Sitting upon a ledge above the sea.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ Two men were hunting on an inland lake
+ When suddenly they heard a fearful whoop
+ As of a man in agony, who ran
+ Adown the lake along the farther shore.
+ They went out in their barque and there they saw
+ Him come right up to where their shanty lay.
+ Returning to the shore they begged him then:
+ “Pray stay and eat,” but he, with accents wild,
+ Cried: “Nay, I may not stop in this warm place.
+ I must away, away unto the North,
+ Where ice and snow shall cool my bounding blood.”
+ This man was a Kiwaʿkw, a demon ghoul,
+ Ice-giant--of that race which loves to prey
+ Upon the tender flesh of man and babe. P.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[56] Old Joe Benoit the wizard changed himself to a great turtle.
+
+
+
+
+ XI
+
+ A DELAWARE YOUTH AND HIS UNCLE
+
+ [_Delaware_]
+
+ _Weekwaum lawee kohpee
+ Weekena withkeelno wauk wʾsheetha._[57]
+
+
+ Afar in the midst of the forest
+ Dwelt a youth and his uncle,
+ His uncle of many summers.
+ Once on a time the old man
+ Was sick unto death with an illness
+ Whose cause was unknown to himself
+ And his nephew, his fond loving nephew.
+ So, thinking the light of his being
+ Was soon to go out, the old uncle
+ Called to his bedside the young man
+ To hear his last words of affection.
+ The loving nephew grievèd,
+ Grieved in the depths of his heart,
+ Then thought to himself: “My dear uncle,
+ At least shall not die on bare earth.
+ I’ll make for him now a great basket
+ And line it with soft, downy feathers.
+ So shall he die in all comfort.”
+ He worked all the night at the basket
+ And then, when the morrow dawned,
+ Presented his work to his uncle
+ Who wept tears of gladness and said:
+ “Dear nephew--how great is thy kindness!”
+ The old man then lay in the basket
+ And to him came a vision of dread;
+ He stretched forth his hand to his nephew,
+ A gesture to draw his attention,
+ And then told the youth of his vision.
+ Quoth: “Some one is coming at midnight
+ From whom thou shalt shrink with great trembling,
+ But fear not, take courage, my nephew,
+ Although he shall come to our wigwam
+ At midnight when all things are sleeping.”
+
+ That night, long after their supper,
+ The youth sat him down by the fire,
+ On the further side of the fire,[58]
+ And waited to see what was coming.
+ Then all of a sudden a creature
+ Too awful to tell of was with him,
+ A wizard of hideous presence
+ Who dropped through the smoke-hole a-shrieking:
+ “Give up to me, youth, thine old uncle
+ I wish to devour his lean flesh.”
+ The youth gave not way to his terror
+ But leapt to his feet and said boldly:
+ “Foul being, mine uncle remains here
+ And ne’er shall be eaten by thee.”
+ Howled the wizard, the cannibal wizard:
+ “When I come here once more have him ready,
+ Rash lad, or thou dearly shalt rue it.”
+
+ Thought the youth in his heart: “He is awful.
+ It must be that my uncle shall leave me.
+ I will journey afar toward the sunset
+ If perchance I may find there some people
+ Who shall aid me in this my dire need.”
+ Then the young man took leave of his uncle
+ And said to him: “Fear not, beloved,
+ I go to seek aid for thy sickness,
+ Soon I’ll return to thy side.”
+
+ After journeying days through the forest
+ He passed a small curious wigwam
+ From which came a lad who addressed him:
+ “Hail, stranger, how fareth thine uncle?”
+ The youth was amazed beyond measure
+ That one who appeared but an infant
+ Should know all about his affairs,
+ But he passed on in silence and wonder.
+ Soon after he came to a wigwam
+ Near which stood a great, kindly wizard,
+ Who saw from the face of the traveller
+ That he was in fear for his uncle.
+
+ Then when he heard how the nephew
+ Had met with the terrible being,
+ He said: “This in truth is Muttóntoe,
+ Muttóntoe, the spirit of evil,
+ Who yearns for the flesh of thy kinsman.
+ But fear not, my lad, I will aid thee,
+ I’ll tell thee the way to o’ercome him.”
+
+ When the nephew had heard all the wisdom
+ And learned how to conquer Muttóntoe,
+ He went back at once to his uncle.
+ Then after they’d eaten that evening,
+ He swept up the dirt from the wigwam
+ And placed in his own bed the uncle.
+ Then _he_ lay himself in the basket,
+ Where he felt himself filled full of magic
+ And power to conquer Muttóntoe.
+ At the dead hour of midnight
+ Once more in the midst of the wigwam
+ The monster dropped down through the smoke-hole.
+ “Awake, lad,” quoth he, “I’m Muttóntoe.
+ Bring forth thine old uncle, I want him.”
+ Then out from the basket the nephew
+ Stept boldly, all covered with feathers.
+ A terrible sight to Muttóntoe,
+ Who leapt with a shriek through the smoke-hole
+ And never returned to that wigwam,
+ Where the youth and his uncle, still living,
+ Dwell happily in the dark forest. P.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[57] In a wigwam in the forest dwelt a youth and his uncle.
+
+[58] The fire is in the middle of the wigwam.
+
+
+
+
+ XII
+
+ THE DANCE OF OLD AGE
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Piʾche uskichinwi utenesizek._[59]
+
+
+ All in the early time
+ In an inland village
+ Many Indians lived,
+ Of two of them I’ll tell:
+ One was a handsome man,
+ Young, brave, a great hunter;
+ The other, a beautiful girl.
+
+ What might be her name?--
+ Malikakusquess?
+ Or Kaliwahdasi?
+ I do not remember
+ Which of the two it was.
+ But she was very proud,
+ Fierce as she was fair,
+ And through and through revengeful.
+ And, what was worst of all,
+ She was an awful witch,
+ Seven witches in one,
+ Like seven devils united
+ But this she hid from all;
+ Only the Wʾnagʾmeswuk,
+ The singular silent spirits,
+ Who are ever flitting around us,
+ Knew of this terrible secret.
+
+ She wanted the youth to wed her,
+ But he at that time was busy,
+ Very busy in getting ready
+ To go on his autumn hunt,
+ Which would last far into the winter;
+ And he had no time for wooing,
+ As he very plainly told her.
+
+ Truly he must have spoken
+ Very plainly indeed;
+ For her heart shrunk up in anger
+ Until ’twas hard as a flint
+ With sharply cutting edges,
+ And thus she cut in reply:
+ “You may go afar to the North,
+ You may go if you like on your hunt
+ But you never will return
+ The same as when you departed;
+ Remember me when the change
+ Comes over you in the forest.”
+
+ He gave no heed to her words,
+ He cared not for her, nor feared her,
+ So he went away with his brother,
+ And for many days together
+ They hunted in the North,
+ Hunted the deer and moose;
+ The girl was all forgotten.
+
+ But one day when deep in the woods,
+ And very far in the North,
+ In the mid winter gloom,
+ The youth went raging mad,
+ For the witch had struck him sore,
+ Though far and far away,
+ Struck him with sorcery.
+
+ The elder brother with him
+ Was a brave among the braves,
+ A fierce and terrible man
+ Who had no dream of fear:
+ And as he could do naught else
+ He did the most desperate deed
+ Which the wildest of the warriors
+ Among the Wabanaki
+ Has ever dared to do;
+ For he went down to the river
+ At midnight and alone,
+ And sang the terrible song
+ Which calls the Wîwilmekw,
+ The Demon of the Worm,
+ Even to devils a terror.
+
+ _Nil nʾwikwima Wîwilmekw
+ Nil nʾwikwima chipinaʿkwsit
+ Nit besq weshʾmʾwit
+ Nil npechikinapin nekmomeswelas_
+
+ “I call on the Wîwilmekw,
+ I call on the Terrible One,
+ On the One with the Horns,
+ I dare him to appear!”
+
+ It came in all its horrors,
+ Its eyes were like deep red fire,
+ Its horns rose sharp and high.
+ It asked him, what he would have?
+ He answered that his brother
+ Had lost himself in madness,
+ And he fain would cure the youth.
+
+ “I will give you what you want,”
+ Answered the Wîwilmekw,
+ “If you are not afraid.”
+
+ “I have no fear at all,”
+ The Indian replied,
+ “Of anything that lives.”
+
+ “Hast thou no fear of me?”
+ The Demon Worm inquired.
+
+ “No more of thee than I
+ Have of the Michihant,
+ Who is the Devil of all.”
+
+ “If you dare take me by
+ My horns,” the fiend replied,
+ “And scrape them with your knife,
+ And lay the scrapings by,
+ Then you may have your wish.”
+
+ In truth this Indian was
+ As savage, wild and brave,
+ As was the Devil himself;
+ He had great need indeed
+ To be all that he was;
+ For the Wîwilmekw,
+ Most terrible to see,
+ Grew fiercer than before,
+ Yet the man drew out his knife
+ And boldly scraped away,
+ Until the Demon said:
+ “Now hold! You have enough.”
+
+ “And now go seek your camp,
+ Put half the scrapings then
+ Into a cup half full
+ Of water from the spring,
+ And bid your brother drink!”
+ “And with the other half?”
+ The Indian inquired.
+ “Keep that till you return,
+ Then give it to the girl
+ Who made the trouble--she
+ Needs medicine as well.”
+
+ So the man returned to camp
+ And made his brother well.
+ And when the hunt was o’er
+ They turned them to their home.
+
+ There they arrived at night;
+ A great festivity
+ Was stirring all the town,
+ Torches were everywhere,
+ And everywhere the scent
+ Of _mskîkwul wʾli-mhaskil_,
+ Which is the perfumed grass
+ Burning intensely sweet.
+
+ The dance was going on,
+ So, many were athirst.
+ And this the hunter knew,
+ The younger of the pair;
+ So he had made a drink
+ Cool, and with honey sweet,
+ Fragrant with pleasant herbs--
+ A dainty drink indeed--
+ But, mingled with it all,
+ There lurked a subtle life,
+ The powder from the horn
+ Of the Wîwilmekw.
+ So thirsty was the witch
+ As she from dancing came,
+ So warm that, when the youth
+ Held out to her the cup,
+ She seized and drank it dry
+ All without giving heed
+ As to what hand had held
+ The cool, refreshing draught;
+ Then turning to the one
+ Who was her partner, she
+ Went on into the dance,
+ And then a wondrous thing
+ Was seen by all therein:
+ For lo! at every turn
+ The maiden older grew,
+ One year for every round;
+ Beginning as a girl
+ In all her freshest youth
+ She at the lodge’s end,
+ Seemed fifty years of age,
+ And still, as she danced on,
+ Added unto her age,
+ Till just as she returned
+ Unto the very place
+ Whence she had come, she fell
+ All dead upon the floor,
+ A little dried-up thing,
+ A wrinkled, wizened squaw,
+ A thing of the last old age
+ Or of a hundred years.
+
+ [Illustration:
+ She seized and drank it dry
+ All without giving heed
+ As to what hand had held
+ The cool, refreshing draught.]
+
+There is another Passamaquoddy version of this poem which is hardly
+less striking in its ending. The brother, having obtained the
+scrapings of the horn, merely touches with them a large green beech
+tree which becomes dead in an instant and then falls to the ground,
+actually rotten as if it were a century old. And, when the same
+powder is given to the witch,
+
+ She grew older in an instant,
+ She became very old indeed:
+ A pale color rippled
+ All over her face. She fell,
+ Looking a hundred years,
+ Dead upon the floor.
+ Shrivelled and dried as she fell,
+ Then dropped to powder--“She
+ Will trouble you no more.”
+ Then said the conjurer;
+ “Her dance is over now.” L.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[59] Long ago in an Indian village.
+
+
+
+
+ XIII
+
+ A TALE OF THE RIVER-ELVES
+
+ [_Abenaki_]
+
+ _Noñwat Manoñuamasak
+ Udainoñ kwaʿliwi kd-odana-na._[60]
+
+
+ Long ago some River-elves were living near our town.
+ These Elves would always work at night along the river shore,
+ And fashion little wheels of clay and leave them on the bank.
+ When these small cakes of clay were fresh some Indians there were
+ Who learned to eat them and to take great pleasure in their taste.
+ In ancient times--this is the tale which oft was told to me--
+ An Indian and squaw were out afar in bark canoe
+ When in the current’s swirling waves they right before them saw
+ A wee canoe in which there sat two children, as they thought.
+ Now these were hideous River-elves, and when they had beheld
+ The Indians, they called to them: “O ye of fairer face
+ And better looks go back,” and then tipped over their canoe,
+ Which, as it rolled, the Indians perceived to be of stone,
+ And nevermore thereafter did they see the River-elves,
+ Who when the loud-voiced Whites had settled all the country-side,
+ Withdrew far up the rushing stream where no canoe may pass
+ Save only stone ones. Nor again did ever Indian find
+ Those wheels of clay which he of old so dearly loved to eat.[61]
+ P.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[60] Long ago the River-elves were around our town.
+
+[61] This song clearly indicates “earth-eating” among the Indians. It
+still exists among negroes in the United States.
+
+
+
+
+ PART THIRD
+
+ =Lyrics and Miscellany=
+
+
+
+
+ LYRICS AND MISCELLANY
+
+
+
+
+ I
+
+ THE SONG OF LAPPILATWAN, THE SINGER IN THE DUSK
+
+ _Piʿche Lappilatwan mechimiu-olamto
+ Wʾtagwsiu-ut msiu sipsis._[62]
+
+
+ Lappilatwan, fair tree-fungus,
+ From days of old,
+ The ever good-natured,
+ Of all the birds cousin.
+ Dwelt on the birch-tree;
+ All the birds of the forest,
+ Even the little insects,
+ Even the little worms,
+ Crawled up the great birch
+ To see their good friend.
+
+ Thus always at sunset
+ They heard him singing:
+ _Lappilatwan
+ Wappilatwan
+ Wechkutonébit_,
+ “Fair tree-fungus,
+ Fair tree-fungus,
+ Sits with mouth open,”
+ The signal song
+ Unto all wood birds,
+ Worms and insects,
+ To go to sleep;
+ So that all the birds,
+ Little worms, little insects,
+ When they heard
+ _Lappilatwan
+ Wappilatwan_
+ Knew he was silent
+ For all the night
+ There where he hung
+ In the cold birch tree,
+ Cold, rough and damp,
+ All night, all day!
+ All through the year.
+ But when the day dawns
+ His song rings again;
+ _Lappilatwan
+ Wechkutonébit_,
+ “Fair tree-fungus
+ Fair tree-fungus
+ Sits with mouth open.”
+ Then every bird
+ Every small insect,
+ All creeping things
+ Who heard his song,
+ Knew there was coming
+ A beautiful day:
+ “Let us arise!
+ The daylight is breaking!”
+ They rose at his call.
+
+ One bright fresh morning,
+ Lively Sexkâtû
+ The flying squirrel
+ Climbed the great birch-tree,
+ And there he found
+ Lappilatwan
+ From a branch hanging,
+ And he thus spoke;
+ “Tell me how long
+ Have you dwelt here?”
+ “I have lived in this tree
+ Since your great grandfather
+ _Kʾchî Kʾmûsums_
+ Was born on that cedar
+ From which you came
+ Early this morning.”
+
+ “But tell me truly,
+ Lappilatwan,
+ How long will you
+ Dwell in this birch-tree?”
+
+ “While the birch-tree
+ Sends forth its leaves,
+ While its trunk stands,
+ I will dwell in its branches.”
+ Sexkâtû the squirrel
+ Wanted that birch-tree
+ For his own home:
+ He would be nesting
+ In that same place.
+ Thus he then answered:
+ “You have been here
+ Long--and far _too_ long.
+ It is time for you
+ To yield to another:
+ Let me come here!”
+
+ Lappilatwan
+ Answered him quietly:
+ “_Noses_, ‘my grandchild:’
+ I cannot go hence.
+ If I should do so
+ Birds and the insects
+ Could not hear me call.
+ Could not hear my songs
+ From another tree;
+ You, who are so clever,
+ Far quicker than I am.
+ You can make your home
+ All over the forest.”
+
+ “You must go!” said Sexkâtû,
+ Then he gnawed at the branch;
+ There was the nest
+ Of the Hamw[´ĕ]sŭk,
+ Of the stinging wasps,
+ Who came swarming out
+ From their little wigwam;
+ More than a hundred,
+ Flew at Sexkâtû
+ Clung to his back
+ Madly they stung him,
+ Till stunned with their stinging
+ Saucy Sexkâtû
+ Fell to the ground.
+ Well nigh a-dyin,
+ With stings and with bruises.
+
+ Ere long the news spread,
+ Soon all the squirrels
+ Said: “_Sexkâtûwuk
+ Kʾputwusin_,”
+ “Let us take council.”
+ Red squirrels, gray squirrels,
+ Striped squirrels, flying ones,
+ Came running together,
+ Then they cried out:
+ “Lappilatwan
+ Must leave his tree,
+ And if it may be,
+ Be put to death!”
+
+ All in a band
+ They went to the birch-tree,
+ Then they observed that
+ In one way only
+ Could they approach
+ Lappilatwan.
+ Straight up the trunk
+ Not many together.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ The news spread afar,
+ Soon there came flying
+ The wasps and the hornets,
+ The bees and the black flies,
+ The angry mosquitoes:
+ Even the midges,
+ The little Chessúyek
+ Came to the rescue
+ Of Lappilatwan.
+ The chief of the squirrels
+ Gave out the order:
+ “Let the battle begin!”
+ The squirrels rushed onward
+ They rushed to the birch-tree:
+ Yet only a few
+ At once together
+ Could climb up the trunk:
+ Musesaaqua, the horse-fly,
+ Was brave in that battle.
+ Mosquitoes and midges
+ Like gallant warriors
+ Rushed on the squirrels,
+ With their sharp spears.
+ Ere the first squirrel
+ Was half-way up the birch-tree,
+ He and his followers
+ Fell to the ground
+ Wounded and dying.
+
+ Lappilatwan
+ High up on the birch-tree
+ Saw the battle rage,
+ But was ever silent,
+ Silent till sunset;
+ Then his loud song
+ Rang through the forest:
+ “_Lappilatwan
+ Wechkûtonébit_.”
+ “Fair tree-fungus
+ Sits with mouth open.”
+
+ Soon as they heard it
+ All of the warriors,
+ Squirrels and insects
+ Valiant mosquitoes,
+ Humble hornets,
+ Bold bumble-bees,
+ Wild whizzing wasps,
+ Gallant merry midges
+ Went to their wigwams.
+ Lappilatwan
+ Had faith in his warriors:
+ Truly he trusted
+ That they could defend him.
+
+ When in the morning
+ They heard the signal,
+ The song of awaking,
+ Ring from the birch-tree,
+ The mighty armies
+ Again assembled;
+ The chiefs held council;
+ Thus spoke Sexkâtû
+ While all were silent:
+
+ “Listen, oh squirrels!
+ Last night in dreaming
+ This was revealed to me:
+ If in the battle
+ One of your warriors
+ Can touch for an instant
+ Lappilatwan
+ Ever so lightly,
+ Before he sings us
+ The summons to sleep,
+ Then we shall conquer;
+ Failing to touch him
+ Ere we hear ringing
+ ‘_Lappilatwan
+ Wappilatwan_’
+ We are defeated.
+ Now you have heard me,
+ On to the birch-tree!”
+
+ The angry flies
+ Sharpen their spears;
+ Dip them in poison;
+ Loud was their buzz!
+
+ As they went to battle,
+ Terrible slaughter
+ Followed their onrush;
+ Desperate squirrels
+ Heedless of death
+ Clung to the birch-tree
+ Wingèd warriors
+ By many thousands
+ Swarmed on the foe;
+ Many a horse-fly
+ Beheld no more
+ His wife and children;
+ Many a hornet
+ Sat no more
+ By the fire of his wigwam;
+ The dying bumble-bee
+ Chanted his death song.
+
+ Dire was the slaughter,
+ Full thrice greater
+ Than on the first day;
+ Still they rushed onward,
+ Fiercer for battle,
+ Giving no heed
+ That the day was ending;
+ Never observing
+ The sun down-sinking,
+ When over the forest
+ Rang loud the summons:
+ “_Lappilatwan
+ Wappilatwan_.”
+
+ All was over.
+ High on the birch-tree
+ Untouched by a foeman--
+ Sat the watchman--
+ The flies were victorious!
+
+This poem is like Homer’s Batrachomyomachia, the battle of the frogs
+and mice, as sung by some Icelandic bard. The humor is as Greek as
+the form is Norse. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[62] Long ago, Lappilatwan, always good-natured, was cousin of all
+the birds. These lines indicate the measure to which the whole was
+sung; _i.e._, they are a “staff-rhyme.”
+
+
+
+
+ II
+
+ THE STORY OF NIPON THE SUMMER
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Piʿche weligit ēpit
+ Liwiha Nipon
+ Metchimiû wikos
+ Kwihio kizosek._[63]
+
+
+ In the far old time
+ Lived near the sun
+ A beautiful woman,
+ Nipon her name.
+ Green were her garments
+ All of fresh leaves.
+ And with green leaves
+ And beautiful flowers
+ She covered her wigwam.
+
+ She had a grandmother,
+ Kʾmēwun, the rain,
+ Who dwelt far away.
+ But when she came
+ To visit her grandchild
+ One thing she ever
+ Said ere she left her:
+ “One thing I bid thee
+ With hardest warning,
+ To one thing I bind thee
+ With a strong will:
+ Look that thou never
+ Seek in thy wandering
+ The Laʿtogwesnuk,
+ The land of the North:
+ For there dwells Pûn,
+ Pûn, the winter;
+ A deadly foe
+ Thou wilt surely find him.
+ Should thy feet fall
+ In the Laʿtogwesnuk
+ Thy beauty will leave thee,
+ Thy green dress fade,
+ Hair turning gray
+ Thy strength become weakness.”
+
+ Little heed
+ And scant attention
+ Gave Nipon
+ To Kʾmēwun, the rain.
+ One fair morning
+ She sat by her wigwam
+ In the bright sunshine,
+ And looking afar
+ At the Laʿtogwesnuk
+ All that she saw
+ Seemed strangely lovely
+ As if enchanted.
+ No human being
+ Was in the Northland,
+ But o’er it all
+ Was beautiful sunshine;
+ There she beheld
+ At a long distance
+ A wonderful land:
+ Broad shining lakes,
+ High blue mountains,
+ Bright rolling rivers
+ All strange and sweet.
+ Something came over her,
+ She knew not what;
+ A dream or a voice;
+ There was no help,
+ She must rise and go.
+ Must go to the land
+ Of Laʿtogwesnuk
+ Unto the Northland.
+
+ Up rose Nipon
+ Unto the North
+ Wending her way,
+ When she heard a voice,
+ The voice of the Rain
+ (Though she could not see her),
+ Kʾmēwun, a-wailing:
+ “Bide, my daughter!
+ If thou goest
+ Unto the Northland
+ Pûn the winter
+ Will surely kill thee!”
+ She heard nothing
+ Of all the warning,
+ She could not stay
+ For a spell was on her;
+ Ever onward
+ She went to the North.
+
+ For many days,
+ For many moons,
+ Still the sun shone,
+ Still she saw
+ The beautiful country
+ Of mountains and rivers,
+ Until one day
+ Nipon noted
+ That as she followed,
+ The land went onward,
+ And as she travelled,
+ It travelled before her.
+
+ All around her
+ Was nothing but sunshine.
+ Stopping a little
+ To think of the wonder,
+ She heard a whisper,
+ The voice of the Rain:
+ “Stay, my daughter!”
+ It made her wilful,
+ She still went onward;
+ On to the North.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ Still the far country
+ Went on before her,
+ And something she never
+ Had known came o’er her--
+ She felt the cold!
+ An unseen power
+ Now drove her onward;
+ Will had departed,
+ Still the mountains
+ Went on before her;
+ The green leaves
+ Of her beautiful garment
+ Grew yellow and faded,
+ And were blown away
+ By the grim wind;
+ Her long hair
+ Turned gray and white;
+ The sun grew dim
+ And then shone no more;
+ She was very weak;
+ The beautiful mountains
+ Were heaps of snow;
+ The beautiful rivers
+ And lakes were of ice--
+ All in the North.
+
+ Kʾmēwun, the Rain,
+ Was sad in her soul.
+ She looked afar
+ No smoke was rising
+ From Nipon’s wigwam:
+ “She has not returned,”
+ Said the Rain-mother,
+ So in her fear
+ She went to the wigwam.
+
+ All was silent,
+ The boughs and the flowers
+ Which covered the wigwam
+ Were yellow and faded:
+ “My child!--my child!
+ Thou art caught at last
+ By the icy Pûn,
+ By the wicked winter!
+ Afar in the North.”
+
+ Straight she called for
+ Her bravest warriors.
+ The ever-unseen.
+ These were their names:
+ Saunésen the south wind,
+ Wchîpi the east wind,
+ With Sĕnusóktun
+ The warming breeze.
+ Quickly she cried:
+ “Hasten away
+ To the Laʿtogwésnuk,
+ Fight like heroes,
+ Use all your power
+ To rescue Nĭpon
+ From Pûn, the winter,
+ Fly to the North!”
+
+ The wind warriors,
+ The unseen by man,
+ Flew like lightning
+ On their long journey.
+ As they entered
+ The Laʿtogwesnuk
+ Pûn the winter
+ Felt ill at ease;
+ He called his chieftains:
+ Great Laʿtogwĕsin
+ The terrible north wind,
+ And the wild north-wester,
+ The chill north-east wind,
+ With all the frosts
+ Sleet-spirits, snow-spirits,
+ And every child
+ Of the killing cold
+ Who dwell in the North.
+
+ “Fly!” he cried,
+ “For our foes are coming!
+ Up from the Southland,
+ The home of Summer!”
+ Even as he spoke
+ The sweat dropped from him
+ His face grew thin,
+ His feet seemed smaller:
+ “I feel them coming!
+ Fly to the battle!”
+
+ The mighty wind-giants
+ Flew to the fight,
+ Great snow-flakes
+ And heavy hail-stones
+ Met and melted
+ With the great rain-drops;
+ Winds were loud roaring,
+ Thunder pealing,
+ Tempest fighting tempest,
+ Storm against storm;
+ The drops of sweat
+ Grew ever bigger
+ On Pûn’s cheeks;
+ On Nipon’s head
+ The hair grew whiter;
+ Louder and louder
+ The winds were blowing,
+ Snow was falling,
+ Thicker and thicker,
+ But the driving rain
+ And the mild south winds
+ Were ever warmer
+ And bigger the drops
+ Grew on Pûn’s face;
+ His strength had left him.
+ Down he fell
+ And in his falling
+ A leg was broken:
+
+ “Lo, I must perish
+ If this lasts longer,
+ Set Nipon free!
+ She it is
+ Who has brought this trouble
+ And made this battle.
+ By my own prisoner
+ I have been conquered.
+ Set Nipon free!”
+
+ At the word spoken,
+ Even in the instant,
+ The winds were silent.
+ Snow and rain ceased.
+ Turning her back
+ To the Laʿtogwesnuk
+ And Pûn the winter,
+ Weary Nipon
+ Set out on her journey.
+ Old she was, old
+ As she bore from the North
+ In her white hair
+ The hue of its snows,
+ In her tottering weakness
+ Its chilling frosts.
+ Many moons passed,
+ Still she travelled;
+ The sun grew warmer,
+ Days and shadows
+ Were ever longer;
+ The air was softer;
+ Greener and greener
+ Grew the mountains;
+ Freer from ice
+ Rivers were rushing;
+ Lakes were shining
+ In the sunlight;
+ Flowers were unfolding
+ To the warm breezes.
+
+ Weary Nipon
+ Was weary no longer;
+ Her heart grew lighter,
+ Her hair grew darker,
+ Her face was fairer,
+ Brighter and younger,
+ Thus becoming
+ All she had been
+ In her early beauty.
+
+ Then the butterflies
+ Knew her again,
+ And fluttered round her,
+ And all the flowers
+ Greeted with perfume
+ In scent-voices
+ As she went past.
+
+ On she went
+ To the grandmother’s wigwam,
+ To old Kʾmēwun.
+ As she drew near
+ The clouds grew thicker;
+ Rain-winds were blowing,
+ Rain-drops falling,
+ Showers pelting,
+ Torrents pouring,
+ Thunder roaring round:
+ Still she went on,
+ Her path lit
+ By wild lightning,
+ Till in the midst
+ Where the clouds were darkest
+ She found the wigwam
+ And entered the door.
+ There as if dying
+ Lay Kʾmēwun
+ The ancient Rain-mother,
+ Weaker and older,
+ And worn and weary.
+
+ “Thou, my daughter!”
+ She said to Nipon,
+ “Hast well-nigh killed me!
+ By disobedience
+ Thou hast brought suffering
+ On me and all things.
+ But for my battle
+ With Pûn the winter
+ All life had perished:
+ Never again though,
+ While life is in me
+ Can I venture
+ On such a struggle!
+ Be this thy warning!
+ Else will Pûn,
+ The cruel winter,
+ Conquer all things
+ And ice and snow
+ For ever and ever
+ Cover the world.” L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[63] Long ago a fair woman named Nipon always lived near the sun.
+
+
+
+
+ III
+
+ THE SCARLET TANAGER AND THE LEAF
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Piche yut kʾchî wachok nit wigit welitasit mipis._[64]
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ In the earliest time on the greatest mountain
+ Lived merry Mĭpis, the Little Leaf;
+ When spring is coming and sunlight is shining
+ He climbs a tree, and there, all summer,
+ Dressed in green he rocks in the branches,
+ Listens all day to the birds and the breezes,
+ And goes to sleep to the song of the owl.
+
+ When fall is coming and days are shorter,
+ Mĭpis dresses himself in scarlet;
+ Glad and gay in the Indian Summer;
+ But as the nights grow cold and longer,
+ He puts on a coat of brown or yellow,
+ Curls himself up like a bear for winter,
+ Lets go his hold and falls to the ground;
+ There he sleeps, all under the snow-drift
+ Till he hears in the spring the blue-bird calling,
+ And the stream fighting its enemy ice--
+ Carrying proudly in pieces as prisoners
+ The foe which kept it a frozen captive,
+ All the winter under its wigwam.
+ Then little Mĭpis, the Leaf, awaking,
+ Dresses in green and climbs in the sunshine,
+ Up through a tree, and upon the branches,
+ Lives as he did the summer before.
+
+ Merry Mĭpis on a bright May morning
+ Was stretching himself in the warm sunshine
+ When he heard afar a wonderful music,
+ A sound like a flute and the voice of a maiden,
+ Rippling melodies melting in one.
+ Never before had he heard such singing;
+ Then looking up he beheld before him
+ A beautiful merry little bird-girl,
+ Dressed in garments of brilliant scarlet,
+ Just like his own in the Indian Summer.
+ “O fairest of small birds!” said merry Mĭpis;
+ “Who are you, and what is your name?”
+ Thus she answered: “I am Squʿtes:
+ The Little Fire. When I fly in the forest
+ And meet in my way a bar of sunshine,
+ I look as I enter and leave the shadow
+ Like a red flame which leaps up in darkness,
+ And then falls asleep in the night again.
+ I have lived in the deep green forest,
+ Even as you have, for many ages,
+ Singing my songs to Kʾmûsomsʾn
+ Unto our Father the mighty mountain,
+ And because he well loved my music,
+ For a reward he sent me hither
+ To seek a youth whose name is Mĭpis,
+ Whom he wills that I should wed.
+ And as I think, and hope as I think it,
+ You are truly the one whom I seek.”
+
+ Little Leaf listened in silence
+ Being by nature very cunning,
+ Trained to suspicion from his childhood;
+ Thus his grandmother ever taught him:
+ “My child--beware of all living creatures,
+ Even the very smallest insect
+ May eat your life out. A worm so little
+ That it can pass through the prick of a needle
+ Even as a rabbit runs through a valley,
+ Or as a fish swims free up a river,
+ May cut your stem or blight your beauty;
+ Anything living may be your death.”
+
+ So to Squʿtes, Mĭpis listened,
+ Charmed with her beauty yet still mistrusting,
+ Liking her look yet deeply doubting,
+ Wondering whether this lovely creature
+ Was truly a friend or a false-hearted foe.
+
+ Beautiful Squʿtes, never heeding
+ What the Leaf thought, began to warble;
+ Pouring out in the pleasant sunshine
+ Her morning song. As Mĭpis listened
+ To the melodious trill, he melted;
+ For the sweet tune filled all the forest,
+ Every leaf on the tree was listening,
+ Branches were waving in keeping cadence,
+ Even the busy ants stopped running,
+ The butterfly sat on a flower to hear;
+ And as the music grew tender and stronger,
+ And as in one long soft note it ended,
+ Little Leaf said to her: “Be my own!”
+
+ So in the greenwood they lived together;
+ Other singers often assembled,
+ Other birds were often about them,
+ Coming to see the beautiful stranger,
+ Longing to try with hers their voices,
+ But at every trial the Little Fire
+ Flew in her melody far above them,
+ Even as she went beyond them in beauty.
+ One morning Squʿtes sang to the Leaf:
+ “Let us go and visit Kʾmûsomsʾn
+ Our mighty grandfather--the Mountain:
+ He made us happy--let us thank him!”
+ So the little Squʿtes and Mĭpis
+ Went like a flame through the shades of the forest,
+ Till they came to the cave of the grandsire.
+ Glad the grandfather was when he saw them!
+ Thus he spoke unto them--“_Nosesak!_
+ Grandchildren! Heed well what I tell you!
+ While you live never leave the mountain!
+ While you are here you are always in safety:
+ But when away from it, ever in danger
+ From one who is ever seeking to kill you:
+ The little Indian boy Monimques,
+ Who, armed with a terrible bow and arrows,
+ Shoots all the little birds of the forest,
+ And carries them home to old Monimques,
+ Who roasts them all in the fire and eats them.
+ Even worse is another foeman,
+ A dreadful little boy who is flying
+ All the time over rivers and valleys,
+ Aplasemwesit, the Little Whirlwind,
+ Who never rests. He is always trying
+ To blow the leaves away from the branches,
+ And drives them headlong, in flocks together,
+ To his grandfather the terrible Tempest,
+ The great wild Whirlwind who kills them all.”
+
+ Taking the Leaf in her bill, the Red Bird
+ Flew through the forest among the branches
+ To the great tree which grew secluded
+ In the safest place in all the mountain.
+ On its topmost branch they built a wigwam;
+ Bad little Indians never came near them
+ Hunting for birds with their bows and arrows,
+ Nor the wicked whirlwind looking for leaves.
+ There they lived and were perfectly happy,
+ Nothing but kind words passed between them,
+ Only kind words and favorite songs.[65]
+
+ Leaves like men are never contented,
+ When all’s for the best they never know it;
+ So it came to pass that Mĭpis one morning
+ Saw far away in the pleasant sunlight
+ A land of beautiful lakes and mountains,
+ Lovelier far than the place they lived in;
+ And felt in his heart an earnest longing
+ To wander away. So he said to the Red Bird:
+ “Look, my dear, at that beautiful country!
+ There we are sure to be perfectly happy:
+ I can no longer live here on the mountain!”
+
+ Taking the Leaf in her little bill,
+ The Red Bird flew over rock and river,
+ Till she came to the beautiful country;
+ Again on a tree they built their wigwam,
+ And Squʿtes sat and sang on the branches:
+ The little Indian boy Monimques
+ Never had heard such beautiful singing,
+ Never beheld such wonderful feathers;
+ Amazed he stood for a while and listened,
+ Then bending his bow let fly an arrow.
+ Down fell the Red Bird, sorely wounded,
+ And proud of his prey the boy ran homeward.
+ Then another foe came rushing after,
+ Aplasemwesit the Little Whirlwind,
+ Seeing the Red Leaf soon he seized it,
+ Took it in triumph unto his grandsire
+ The mighty Storm; when the chief beheld it,
+ “This,” he said, “is no common capture,
+ This is the Leaf of the Leaves, my grandson!
+ He shall not die. I will keep him a prisoner:
+ He has come from afar. We must guard him with care.”
+
+ Greatly the Storm Chief fears the Mountain
+ Who stops the wind in its wildest flight.
+ That night there came a dream to Kʾmûsomsʾn
+ And he learned that the Leaf had been taken prisoner,
+ By Aplasemwesit and kept as captive.
+ Waking in anger he called to his son:
+ “Go to the chief of the storms and tell him
+ To send me the Leaf!” His son departed
+ And when he came to the mighty Whirlwind
+ Said: “Give me the Leaf! Else, ere the evening
+ All of our tribe will be on the war path.”
+ Gladly the Whirlwind gave up his captive,
+ And the son of the Mountain carried him home.
+
+ Soon the Leaf was safe in his wigwam
+ On the great tree. He lived in sorrow,
+ And when the notes of a bird came ringing
+ Out of the forest, his grief was greater;
+ His life was gone with the Little Fire,
+ And the fire of his life was all in ashes.
+
+ Thus it fared with the beautiful Red Bird;
+ When the old Monimques beheld her,
+ Long he was silent, then said: “My grandson!
+ This is truly no common capture!
+ Well it is that thou didst not kill it!
+ Let the bird live in peace in our wigwam!
+ But take good care lest it escape!”
+
+ Day after day the Red Bird grew better
+ And soon her color was as bright as ever,
+ Until one morning when least expected,
+ Her voice broke forth like a brook into sunshine.
+ These were her words: “Could the Wind but hear me,
+ I should not long be kept a captive,
+ Soon he would carry the news to the Mountain!
+ Soon the Mountain would send a warrior,
+ Soon the warrior would give me freedom!
+ Soon I should be with the Leaf again!”
+
+ As the old Monimques heard her singing:
+ His heart at the words grew weak with fear:
+ “Truly it was a bad beginning
+ That ever my grandson shot this singer,
+ And truly, ’twould have a woful ending,
+ If the Mountain should learn she is here!
+ It is madness to keep her a captive,
+ But certain death if we let her go free!”
+
+ While he thought it over his grandson returned
+ Bringing a burden of birds of the forest,
+ And little singers who live by the rivers:
+ And when they were cooked, and the chief had eaten,
+ Down by the fire he lay on a bear skin,
+ Smoking himself into silent sleep.
+ The door was closed, nor was there a crevice
+ Through which the Red Bird could creep to freedom
+ When all at once she thought of the opening
+ Through which the smoke from the fire ascended
+ Ever upward so densely pouring
+ Nobody deemed she would dare to pass it.
+
+ As the head of Monimques drooped on his shoulder
+ And as the pipe stem dropped from his fingers
+ And as the little Wʾnagʾmeswuk
+ The tiny fairies who tap the eyelids,
+ Soothed him into deepest slumber,
+ Softly the Red Bird rose and taking
+ A birchen bucket, filled it with water.
+ Dipping her wing in the water she sprayed it
+ Little by little upon the fire;
+ Little by little the fire, like Monimques
+ Sunk to sleep, and the bright red flame
+ Lay down to rest in the dull gray ashes.
+ Out of the smoke-hole, in careful silence
+ Flitted Squʿtes, and when far from the wigwam,
+ In the fresh air and the beautiful sunshine,
+ Heard other song-birds far beneath her.
+ As she went flying over the forest,
+ Leaving death behind, with love before her,
+ She had never been half so happy.
+ And what was her joy when she reached the mountain
+ And saw from afar on the great tree rising
+ A bright Red Leaf which shone in the sunset;
+ Straight was her flight as that of an arrow,
+ Fast as an arrow, when she beheld him.
+ And the Red Leaf leapt as if smit by an arrow,
+ When all in an instant her arms were round him.
+ Then without an instant’s warning
+ All his darkness was turned to daylight,
+ And the Red Wing burst into tears of rapture.
+
+ It was long ago, even in the morning
+ Of the first moons that this all happened;
+ Trees had not mouldered as yet in the valleys,
+ To the cold depths of many a river
+ Fishes as yet had not found their way,
+ And all the secret roads of the forest
+ Had not been learned by the bear or woodchuck;
+ But even then the Squʿtes and Mĭpis
+ Lived all the summer upon the mountain,
+ Sung in its shadows and shone in the sunshine
+ Still as of yore they are singing and shining;
+ And so it will be while the mountain is there. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[64] Long ago on the big mountain lived the happy little leaf.
+
+[65] In the original Indian-English version this line is given
+as--“Only kind words and popular songs.”
+
+
+
+
+ V
+
+ THE BLIND BOY
+
+ A VERY OLD SONG
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Nit neke epit pʾiche nitwechi moskesits
+ Poskaniknikok mechinechik etli-poskʿnot._[66]
+
+
+ There was a woman, long, long ago,
+ She came out of a pit
+ In which dead people were buried;
+ She made her home in a tree;
+ She was dressed in leaves;
+ All long, long ago.
+ When she walked among the dry leaves,
+ Her feet were so covered
+ That they could not be seen;
+ She walked in the woods
+ Singing all the time:
+ “I want company: I am lonesome!”
+ All long, long ago!
+
+ From afar o’er the lakes and mountains
+ A wild man heard her cry;
+ He came to her, she saw him,
+ Saw him and was afraid;
+ She tried to flee away,
+ For he was clothed with the rainbow,
+ Color and light were his garments.
+ She ran and he pursued her,
+ Pursued her rapidly,
+ Unto the foot of a mountain.
+ He spoke in a strange language,
+ She could not understand him.
+ He would make her tell where she dwelt.
+ They married and had two children
+ One of them was a boy,
+ A boy who was blind from his birth.
+ But he frightened his mother by his sight;
+ He could tell her what was coming:
+ What was coming from afar,
+ What was near he could not see.
+ He could see the bear and moose,
+ Far away beyond the mountains;
+ He could see through everything.
+
+ The father was a great being,
+ He was a mighty hunter;
+ His wife had magic gifts.
+ A boy was born to them
+ Alas, the boy was blind!
+ In time his sight returned,
+ He said that he could see.
+ The mother did not believe it,
+ She thought it was magic sight.
+ So one day she bade her husband
+ Put on him certain things
+ Which no one could behold
+ Who saw them not with eyes
+ As every one could see them.
+ And then she asked the boy
+ “What is it that your father
+ Uses to pull his sled?”
+ Promptly the child replied
+ “The rainbow.” Then she said:
+ “What has he for a bow-string?”
+ To which his answer was
+ “It is Ketaksuwauʿt
+ That is the Spirits’ Road”
+ (Meaning the Milky Way).
+ Yet once more she inquired:
+ “What has he on his sled?”
+ “A beaver,” he replied;
+ She knew that he could see.
+
+It would appear from collateral indications of other songs in
+different tribes that this song is of very great antiquity. The
+first portion of it was chanted to Mrs. W. Wallace Brown by an old
+Indian woman; the remainder was recovered from the Passamaquoddy
+Thomas Josephs or Tamaquah. There appears to be in the myth, for
+such it undoubtedly is, a refinement of philosophic or theosophic
+speculation. This is shown in the conception of the young magician,
+or poet, so gifted though _blind_ that his mother could not determine
+whether he saw all things by _clairvoyance_ or natural vision. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[66] Long ago there was a woman who came out of a pit where dead
+people are buried.
+
+
+
+
+ V
+
+ PASSAMAQUODDY LOVE SONG
+
+ ORIGINAL TEXT
+
+
+ Anigowanotenu!
+ Boski ktabin elmi nelemwik
+ Elmi papkeyik; boski ktlabin,
+ Anigowanotenu!
+
+ Neket mpesel etli-nemiotyikw.
+ Etuchi wlinakwben sebayi sibuk;
+ Etuchi wli baquasketen.
+ Kʾmachtina nolithasiben.
+ Mechinoltena keppithamʾl.
+ Anigowanotenu!
+
+ Boski ktlabin elmi nelemwik
+ Elmi papkeyik; boski ktlabin,
+ Anigowanotenu!
+
+ Negetlo he eli-alnisukmekwben
+ Sibayi guspenik
+ Etuchi welanakwsititben wuchowek
+ He eli-machip klamisken mipisel.
+ Anigowanotenu!
+
+ Anigowanotenu!
+ Nittloch apch eli-alnisuknukw tan etuch apachyaie;
+ Tan etuch boski pʾkesik mipisel
+ Yut pemden nit kʾtlaskuyin.
+ Anigowanotenu!
+ Boski kʾtlabin elmi nelemwik
+ Elmi papkeyik;
+ Boski kʾtlabin,
+ Anigowanotenu!
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+ V
+
+ PASSAMAQUODDY LOVE SONG
+
+
+ Anigowanotenû!
+ Oft these lonely days thou look’st
+ On beauteous river and down shining stream.
+ Oft thou look’st and sighest deep,
+ Anigowanotenû!
+
+ With me thy lover by thy side
+ How fair that stream did bubble on!
+ How lovely was the silver moon!
+ Thy heart now tells thee of that joy.
+ E’en unto death I think of thee.
+ Anigowanotenû!
+
+ Oft these lonely days thou look’st
+ On beauteous river and down shining stream.
+ Oft thou look’st and sighest deep.
+ Anigowanotenû!
+
+ When we in birch canoe did glide
+ Together on that glistening lake,
+ How fair the hills and how we watched
+ The _red_ leaves whirling in the breeze.
+ Anigowanotenû!
+
+ Anigowanotenû!
+ We’ll rove once more in bark canoe
+ And watch the _green_ leaves swirl on high
+ When spring smiles on the mountain tops.
+ Anigowanotenû!
+ Oft these lonely days thou look’st
+ On beauteous river and down shining stream.
+ Oft thou look’st and sighest deep.
+ Anigowanotenû! P.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+ VI
+
+ THE SONG OF THE STARS
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy text_]
+
+
+ Nilun pesazmuk elintaquik.
+ Ntʾlintotebin kʾpesaukhenmâgonok.
+ Nilun sipsizuk squʿtek;
+ Kʾpʾmitoiapon pissokiqs
+ Kʾpesaukhenmagon pesazum.
+ Kʾtʾlintoanen âût niwesquok;
+ Otâût Kʾchî-Niwesq
+ Koitchimkononnoak nohowok katonkewinoak,
+ Nosokoat moinial
+ Nit mesq tepnaskwiewis
+ Mesq katonketitiq
+ Ketlapinen pemtenikek
+ Yot lintoakʾn pemtenikek.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+ VI
+
+ THE SONG OF THE STARS
+
+
+ We are the stars which sing.
+ We sing with our light.
+ We are the birds of fire
+ We fly across the heaven,
+ Our light is a star.
+ We make a road for Spirits,
+ A road for the Great Spirit.
+ Among us are three hunters
+ Who chase a bear:
+ There never was a time
+ When they were not hunting;
+ We look down on the mountains.
+ This is the Song of the mountains. L. & P.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+ VII
+
+ HOW THE INDIANS LOST THEIR POWER
+
+ [_Penobscot_]
+
+ _Uskichinwi pilskwessis muiso Ktatnok
+ Naya kamach okiwachitahasin._[67]
+
+
+ All of the olden time!
+ Once as an Indian girl
+ Was gathering blue-berries,
+ On Mount Katahdin’s side,
+ She felt a strange loneliness,
+ And said unto herself:
+ “I would that I were wed
+ Unto some brave great man!”
+ And, seeing the great mount
+ In glory rising high
+ E’en as ’twere to heaven
+ (White the red sunlight shone
+ Upon the very head),
+ She said: “A man indeed,
+ Like great Katahdin there!
+ High rising over all,
+ That were the man for me.”
+ This she was heard to say
+ Ere she went further on
+ Up to the mountain top--
+ Three years then passed away
+ Ere she was seen again,
+ And then when she returned
+ ’Twas with a charming child,
+ The fairest in the land;
+ Only one thing was strange:
+ His eyebrows were of stone.
+
+ She had been wed in truth,
+ To Mount Katahdin’s self;
+ The Spirit of the Mount
+ Had ta’en her to himself,
+ And when she greatly longed
+ To see her folk again,
+ He said: “Then go in peace.”
+ But one thing he forbade
+ With terrible command:
+ That she should ever tell
+ To any mortal soul
+ Who ’twas had married her.
+
+ The boy had wondrous gifts;
+ The sages of the tribe
+ Said he was soon to be
+ A mighty sorcerer;
+ For when he did but point
+ His finger at the moose,
+ Or anything which ran,
+ At once it would drop dead,
+ Killed by his magic will;
+ And, when in a canoe
+ He pointed at the ducks,
+ The wild fowl swam no more,
+ And all the water round
+ Was full of floating game
+ Which all might gather in,
+ As freely as they would.
+ And so it came to pass
+ That through that wondrous Boy
+ The mother and her tribe
+ Had ever food enough.
+
+ Now this is all the truth,
+ And ’twas a wondrous thing,
+ As ever yet was told.
+ Katahdin the great lord
+ Of the Wabanaki;
+ The children of the Light,
+ Or of the Break of Day;
+ Had wed him to the girl
+ That she might have a child
+ Who should raise up the tribe,
+ And make them great once more
+ Even a mighty race,
+ The Lords of all the land.
+ And so to her he said:
+ “Declare unto thy folk
+ That they shall never ask
+ Of thee, who was the sire
+ Of this brave lad, our son;
+ They’ll know it all right well
+ If they but see his face,
+ And thou shalt not be teased
+ By questions and by talk
+ From fools who fain would know
+ The by-ways of a god.”
+
+ And so she made it known
+ That none should question her,
+ And gave them all their food,
+ And bade them let her be!
+
+ And truly this was like
+ The casting oil on fire,
+ And men and women all
+ Were raging to inquire
+ About the mystery,
+ And ask the wife herself
+ Who might her husband be?
+ Though everybody knew
+ In all the country round.
+ And though it had been said
+ That life and death and all
+ Hung on her telling naught.
+
+ Though what were life or death
+ To any woman born,
+ Likewise to many a man,
+ Compared unto the joy
+ Of learning that which is
+ None of their business--
+ And tattling it abroad?
+
+ And so they pressed her sore,
+ Still teasing her to tell,
+ And giving her no rest
+ As fools are wont to do.
+ Until one day, enraged,
+ She thought: “This passes strength
+ And I’ll bear it no more.
+ Truly my lord was right,
+ These people are too vile,
+ Too petty and too mean,
+ For subjects to my son,
+ He ne’er shall lead them on
+ To glorious victory!
+ They are not of the kind
+ To make a mighty race:
+ With them it shall be o’er!”
+
+ And as they still kept on
+ Tormenting, teasing her.
+ She spoke and said: “Ye fools!
+ Who fain would kill yourselves
+ By your own folly, ye
+ Mud-wasps who sting the hands
+ Which fain would pluck you forth
+ When drowning in the pool.
+ Why will ye trouble me
+ To tell you what ye know?
+ When ye keep asking me
+ ‘Who my boy’s father was?’
+ Can ye not plainly see
+ Katahdin in his brows?
+ Now it shall be indeed
+ To your great woe and pain,
+ And abject misery,
+ That ever ye did ask
+ Of what concerned you not.
+ So now from this day forth,
+ Ye all may feed yourselves;
+ For now my boy no more
+ Will lend his help to you.”
+
+ So she arose and went
+ Her way into the woods
+ And up the mountain side,
+ Leading her little son;
+ And from that day and hour
+ Was seen on earth no more.
+
+ And since that time our tribe
+ With all the Indian folk
+ Who once might have become
+ A great and glorious race,
+ Have dwindled down into
+ A very little folk.
+ For when our minds grow small
+ And gossip is our god,
+ We must diminish too.
+ Truly it had been wise
+ For them of olden time,
+ And for us too, indeed,
+ Could they have held their tongues. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[67] Long ago an Indian girl was walking on Katahdin and she felt
+very lonesome.
+
+
+
+
+ VIII
+
+ THE PARTRIDGE AND THE SPRING
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Uskitap iaqu bamose kʾchikok
+ Etuchi nodak metetaguak kequ pichikok._[68]
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ A man was walking the woods
+ When he heard afar a noise
+ As of footsteps beating the ground.
+ With a cry as of merry singing;
+ So he sought to find the people;
+ ’Twas a week before he found them.
+
+ ’Twas a man and his wife a-dancing
+ About a tree; on its summit
+ There sat a great Raccoon,
+ And by their constant treading
+ They had worn a trench in the ground--
+ Yea, in it, up to their waists.
+
+ And when the stranger in wonder
+ Asked of them, “What are you doing?”
+ They answered that being hungry
+ They were trying to fell the tree,
+ And bring it down by dancing.
+
+ The stranger said to them:
+ “Know ye not that another,
+ A newer and better way
+ Of felling trees more quickly,
+ Has come into the land?”
+ They asked him how it might be.
+
+ Then, while they greatly wondered,
+ Taking his axe, he showed them
+ How to cut down trees in a hurry;
+ But made it a condition
+ That when the Raccoon should be taken
+ They might have his meat and eat it,
+ But the pelt should be his portion.
+
+ So, when the tree had fallen,
+ And the game became their booty,
+ The woman tanned the skin
+ Which was strangely large and glossy
+ And gave it to the Indian
+ Who took it and went away.
+
+ Then afar in a path in the forest
+ He met with another man,
+ And was greatly amazed at the sight,
+ Because the other was bearing
+ A very large birch wigwam,
+ A dwelling with many rooms.
+ He never had seen the like,
+ And at first was in a fright,
+ But the man, putting down the house,
+ Burst into a fit of laughter,
+ And shook him by the hand,
+ Seeming in faith to be
+ A downright honest fellow.
+ Then, while they smoked and laughed,
+ The man of the house beheld
+ The skin which the other bore
+ Of Espuns, the Raccoon,
+ And said with curious air:
+ “_He kekw nit?_” “What have you there
+ The skin of magic power?”
+ Then the other answering told
+ How he met the man and his wife
+ Who danced around the tree:
+ Whereat the man of the house
+ Offered to buy the skin
+ At any price at all,
+ And offered the house for it.
+
+ Then the other looked it through
+ And truly he was amazed
+ To find how many rooms
+ Were all contained in it,
+ And what a wondrous store
+ Of furniture and arms
+ And kettles and the like
+ Were stored in every room.
+ “But oh and alack,” he cried,
+ “I could never carry this house
+ As you do, on your head.”
+
+ “You can do it with ease,” replied
+ _Pilowî wʾskichin_,
+ That is “the stranger man;”
+ “Just put it on your head.”
+ He tried and found it as light
+ As a _kchi bʾsnŭd_, or
+ A basket made of birch.
+
+ And so he went his way,
+ Bearing the magic house
+ Lightly upon his head,
+ Till he came to a hard-wood ridge
+ In which was a bubbling spring;
+ And here he said: “I will live.”
+ So searching he found a room
+ In which there was a bed;
+ A better he ne’er had seen,
+ All covered with the skin
+ Of a snow-white northern bear.
+ So he laid him down to sleep.
+
+ In the morning when he awoke
+ What was his wonderment
+ To see above his head,
+ All hanging to the beams,
+ Good food of every kind,
+ All dainties known to man.
+ For there were venison,
+ Bear hams and many ducks,
+ Buckets of maple sugar,
+ Others of cranberries,
+ And many golden ears
+ Of drying Indian corn.
+ But as in his delight
+ He stretched out both his hands
+ To grasp the tempting food,
+ The bear-skin, melting fast,
+ As water ran away--
+ For it was but the snow
+ Which all the winter long
+ Had gathered o’er his nest.
+ And as he stretched his arms,
+ Lo! they were changed to wings!
+ And up he flew to the food,
+ Which was the early buds
+ Of the birch on which they hung.
+ He was in truth himself
+ A Partridge who had been
+ Wintering beneath the snow,
+ And who in joy came forth
+ To greet the pleasant spring. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[68] A man was walking in the woods and he heard something far off.
+
+
+
+
+ IX
+
+ LOX, THE INDIAN DEVIL
+
+ [_Passamaquoddy_]
+
+ _Laks uskiehinwi Wahant
+ Nekŭm mechikit wesis kchikok._[69]
+
+
+ Lox the Wolverine,
+ Is of all the beasts of the forest
+ Crafty and most ferocious,
+ Cunning and utterly given
+ To every kind of mischief.
+ In all the world of the wood
+ There is none so utterly evil,
+ And therefore he is called
+ By right, the Indian Devil.
+
+ Now it happened on a time,
+ That Lox, or the Wolverine,
+ Who had many a time been killed,
+ And as often rose from the dead
+ By his sheer force of will--
+ The one great gift he had--
+ Found himself down in luck,
+ Yea, very deeply down.
+ Crossing in bitter winter
+ A wide and dismal region
+ Very poorly supplied
+ For travel of any kind,
+ The cold wind blew like knives,
+ Snow fell with sleet and frost,
+ And hail and pelting rain
+ All in bad company
+ Came on him all in one.
+
+ And yet this evil soul
+ Was reckless through it all
+ And jolly, for he had
+ With every devilish vice
+ One virtue, as I said,
+ One saving gift, and that
+ Was, that of all the beasts
+ Who in the forest dwelt,
+ Or devils in Hʿlamkîk
+ (That is the Indian hell),
+ He had the hardest heart,
+ Toughest, as all allowed,
+ And most unconquerable.
+ He was the first to fight
+ And last one to give in
+ (Indeed, he never did
+ Give in, nor meant to do),
+ From which it came that he
+ Was specially admired
+ By all the blackguard beasts
+ Who prowled about the woods;
+ Wherein they differed little
+ From many among men.
+
+ Now, as of all the rogues,
+ Rowdies and rascal roughs,
+ The Wolves are just the worst,
+ You may right well believe
+ That ’twas with wondrous joy
+ Lox heard, as night came on,
+ Afar a long sad howl,
+ Betokening the presence
+ Of a pack of these pleasant folk;
+ It was music to the ears
+ Of the Indian Devil, Lox.
+
+ So he lifted up his voice
+ All in the Wolfish tongue;
+ For he was deeply learned
+ In many languages;
+ And soon was in the midst
+ Of a score of howling beasts
+ Of lupine land-loafers,
+ Who danced and rolled and screamed,
+ Biting each other for joy
+ At seeing him again--
+ The Indian Devil, Lox.
+
+ And then the eldest wolf
+ The Sagem or the chief,
+ Said unto him: “I hope
+ Thou’lt camp with us to-night;
+ For truly it is ill
+ For any gentleman
+ To be alone where he
+ Might meet with vulgar beasts!”
+ And Lox replied as if
+ He did a favor, all
+ With condescending air;
+ And ate their best dried meat,
+ And took the highest place
+ Beside their fires, and smoked
+ The chief’s best _tomawe_,
+ That is tobacco, from
+ The chieftain’s choicest pipe;
+ While all the others grinned
+ At his tremendous cheek,
+ To see him put it on--
+ The Indian Devil, Lox.
+
+ And when they laid them down
+ To sleep, the Sagamore
+ Said to the younger wolves:
+ “Be sure and cover up
+ The stranger with your tails.”
+ But Lox, who thought it was
+ A blanket made of fur,
+ Soon threw the cover off,
+ And then the chief and all
+ Admired the plucky guest
+ Who seemed to have no care
+ Of cold, or for their care;
+ And little did he care--
+ The Indian Devil, Lox.
+
+ Then in the early morn
+ When he would wend his way,
+ The Sagem of the Wolves
+ Said to the Wolverine:
+ “Oh Uncle--thou hast yet
+ Before thee three long days
+ All in a land where there
+ Is neither house nor hearth,
+ And thou wilt find it hard
+ To camp without a fire;
+ Now by good luck I have
+ An admirable spell
+ By which thou canst have fires,
+ And only three--yet they
+ Will serve thee to the end--
+ This is the way ’tis done:
+ Build up a pile of sticks,
+ And then jump over it,
+ Even as children do,
+ And thou wilt see it blaze.
+ This is a sacred charm
+ Of great antiquity
+ A secret ’mong the wolves.
+ Thou art the very first,
+ Not of our holy race,
+ To whom it hath been given;
+ No Gentile knoweth it.”
+ And so he bade farewell
+ To the Indian Devil Lox.
+
+ So Lox went trudging on,
+ Away unto the West;
+ And, as he went, he thought
+ Of the great gift of the
+ Peculiar pious race,
+ And, wondering to himself
+ If ’twere not all a flam,
+ Since ’twas his nature to
+ Suspect all kinds of deeds,
+ As he had ne’er done one
+ Save to some evil end,
+ And being curious
+ And very anxious to
+ Behold some strange new thing,
+ He said unto himself:
+ “Tush! I will try it now.”
+ So piling up some sticks
+ He bounded over them;
+ They burst into a blaze.
+ So all had come to pass
+ As the Wolf prophesied:
+ Which greatly did amaze
+ The Indian Devil Lox.
+
+ So having warmed himself
+ He went his way with joy,
+ But very soon observed
+ That it grew cold again.
+ The wind blew sharp and shrill,
+ The snow began to fall,
+ And Lox began to think
+ How very nice ’twould be,
+ And pleasant, to be _warm_.
+ Now ’tis a curious truth
+ All very wicked men
+ Have always _one_ weak spot,
+ So Lox the Wolverine
+ Without reflection piled
+ More sticks together; then
+ Jumped over them at once.
+ Up leaped a jolly blaze
+ As if to dance with him;
+ This was the second fire
+ And he had still three nights
+ Of bitter killing cold,
+ Ere he could reach his home--
+ The Indian Devil Lox!
+
+ And yet this Wolverine
+ Who was wise in all that’s bad,
+ Wicked and witty in sin,
+ Had not indeed gone far
+ Or out-walked the afternoon,
+ Before he began to think,
+ As he shivered and cursed the cold,
+ Of lighting another fire.
+ “Ah--hem!” he said, “who knows
+ But the weather may take a turn
+ To a thaw, and give us a night
+ Which _may_ be rather warm!
+ _Hum! ha!_ Methinks by the look
+ Of the clouds that the wind may be
+ South-westerly! I think
+ I have heard my grandmother say:
+ That a color such as I see,
+ Of red in the sky, means something--
+ I forget what it is--but it may be
+ A change for the better--or worse!
+ Well, I’ll take the chance.” Thus saying,
+ He piled up the sticks again,
+ And had a third fire--although
+ The first night had not come.
+ But he warmed himself and was happy--
+ The Indian Devil Lox!
+
+ [Illustration:
+ Then gayly jumping over
+ Awaited the cheerful blaze.]
+
+ Then as it grew dark and darker,
+ As the coals and sticks grew blacker,
+ When a fire is dying away,
+ He came to his camping place,
+ And then it grew cold in earnest,
+ A cold to split a flint.
+ However, Lox the Believing,
+ Said, “What is good for once
+ Must surely be good for ever,”
+ And made up a pile of sticks,
+ Then gayly jumping over
+ Awaited the cheerful blaze.
+ But all in vain, not a sparkle,
+ Not a hint of anything burning,
+ Not even a tiny crackle
+ Came from the silent wood.
+ But as Lox was persevering,
+ He hopefully kept on jumping,
+ Till after some thirty efforts
+ There arose a little smoke
+ Which came as if it were angry
+ At being so frequently called,
+ And then returned no more.
+ But Lox to himself repeating
+ “All smoke has fire behind it,”
+ Kept bravely at his leaping
+ Until the Indian Devil
+ Of madness and desperation
+ Awoke within his soul,
+ And he swore by it that he ever
+ Would keep straight on with his jumping
+ Till something blazed--or burst!
+ He himself was almost blazing--
+ The Indian Devil Lox.
+
+ So he kept on a-leaping,
+ But to him there came no comfort,
+ Not even the glow of a spark;
+ And being at last aweary
+ He fell in a swoon on the wood-pile,
+ And so he froze to death,
+ And that was the last that winter,
+ Which was heard of him in the land.
+ Yet I think in time he recovered,
+ For since then, he very often
+ Has appeared among the people--
+ Lox, The Indian Devil,
+ The Indian Devil Lox. L.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[69] Lox, the Indian Devil, is the worst beast in the woods.
+
+
+
+
+ =L’Envoi=
+
+
+
+
+ L’ENVOI
+
+
+ O happy sylvan hours and days of yore!
+ O quaint old speech which echoes in our ears!
+ From you we learn our country’s early lore,
+ The forest people’s sorrows, joys and fears.
+ So pass in peace, ye simple woodland race!
+ We may no longer hope to bid you live.
+ In our mad turmoil ye can have no place,
+ But we have taken what ye have to give. P.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+ APPENDIX
+
+ =The Passamaquoddy Wampum Records=
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ APPENDIX
+
+ THE PASSAMAQUODDY WAMPUM RECORDS
+
+ [This is an emendation of the text published by me in
+ Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, xxxvi., pp.
+ 479 ff. P.]
+
+
+Mechi mieu begokni tohocioltowuk kʾchi ya wioo wʾskitap epitjik
+wasisek nespi wʾsikyojik yot mechi mipniltimkil; nit etuch
+alit-huswinook negmaoo tepit-hodmotit chewi kegw layoo kegusitch
+eliyoek chewi layoo tech na neksayiu. Nit etuchi mʾsioo sise
+pʾchittaketil kinwetaswinoo mʾsitte elipitt wʾskichin anquotch
+elquiyik sownisnook anquotch wʾchipenook ketkik snoot segdenook
+ketkik kʾski yasnook. Pechiote pechiyik Wabnakik.[70] Kʾmach
+wʾsipkikmʾn yaka keswook naga wewʾchiyanya nitta tama wejiwetit
+wʾtiyawa wʾskichunoo kepechip-tolnen wʾliagnotmagʾn. Nit
+ettlowsittgw-ton kisipootwusoo likislootemook. Mʾsitte tekepitt
+wʾskichin kinwetto nit kʾchi lagootwagʾn kitwitasso. Mʾsioo
+wʾskichin nootek aknoomagʾn mʾsioo wʾlitt-hasoo. Mʾsioo wʾsiwatch
+yogonyalkatkisilet tekowmʾk maltnitin. Nit mʾsioo kesookmik
+sittobjitakan opootwuswinoom. Mʾsioo kesookmik sittopetchitakan
+nissoo kessena agwamʾk opootwuswinoom natchiwitchitagwik kʾchi
+lagootwagʾn kessena kʾchi mawopootwuswagʾn.
+
+Nit mʾsioo kisma wewsettil nit omache tipit-hodmʾnya ta nʾteh
+wʾtelook-hʾdinya. Stepal mʾsioo siwatch yokotit eli wʾabli
+pemowsittit; yokt kʾchi sogmak wʾtiyana-kʾt kihee yot elapimʾk
+asittwechosyokw kʾnʾmittunen elipegak naptwuk kenemittonenwul
+kesek ewablikil yotʾl pegaknigil temʾhigʾnsisʾl to (?) naga tapyik
+tepakw-yil chewi pooskenoswul oskemioo nitte mʾsioo wʾtlkislootmʾnya
+wʾtlagootinya; nit otaginwipoonmʾnya kisook etuchi pootwusitit.
+
+Nit liwettasoo chikte wigwam. Yot wʾkesekmenya etasikiskakil katama
+loo-wen-kelosioo mʾsitte pootwuswin chewitpit-hasoo tanetch wʾtitmʾn.
+Tan etuchi littootit tebaskuswagʾnʾl mʾsitte wʾtipithodmʾnya tanetch
+likisi-chenetasso manʾtimʾk guni chikpultowuk topemlokemkil.
+
+Apch etuchi apkw-timootit wigwam liwitassoo mʾsittakw-wen tlewestoo
+nitt na guni omache pootwuswinya; mʾsioo potwooswin wʾtoknootmʾn
+elipipyaks naga mech matnuttitit mʾsioo eli wʾsikyoltotitits
+guenipnʾltimʾk; nittlo alteketch tepnasko yotipit-hatosoo naga
+kʾtemakitt-haman wʾtepittemowa wʾtowasismowa naga mamatwikoltijik;
+mechi mieu yokli-wʾsikyaspenik tahalote saglit-hat wʾsikap
+naga mʾtappeguin. Nit mʾsioo mitte westotitit. Nit likisloomuk
+wʾtlitonia kʾchi lakalosnihagʾn naga tochioo opoomʾnya epasioo
+kʾchi wigwam tebagalosneoo; na wʾtlitunia ebiss oponmoonya
+omittakw-sowall nit wen pelestowat nit etuch eshemhoottam yotʾl
+eyilijil wʾnijanʾl tebakalusneoo. Mʾsitte na wʾtachwiyik settswawall
+naga na mejimioo wʾmʾtutwatmʾn wʾkchi squt wa wechi skanekaswenook.
+Yot wechi mach-hak wababi tebaskuswagʾnʾl.
+
+Nit lagalosnihagʾnʾl etli-nʾsettwasik spemek nit nitmame
+lagootwi-kislootmewagʾn mʾsitte kesigpesitt wʾskichin newanko
+kesookinito kenooklo kechayami milijpesw. Mʾsitte yokteke
+wʾskichinwuk wʾtachwi elyanya naga wiginya tebagaloosneoo teketch wen
+kegw liwableloket chiwisemha wʾnikikowal wʾtesemhogol; nit ebis kisi
+mawettasiks nittlo tane teppo wigit tebakalosneoo chejik sʾtʾmenal
+tan eyigil tebaskuswagʾnʾl kessena essemha. Nit wigwam ettlinwasik
+tabakalosneoo hidmowioo mʾsitte kesitt wʾskichin kesittakw chewi
+sanke wipemowsoo. Katama apch chigawi yotoltiwun chewi lipemowsowuk
+tahalo wesi westoltijik witsegesotoltijik opeskon wenikicowa.
+Nittlo kʾchi squt etli wʾsittwasik wigwamek hidmowiw mʾsitte ta wut
+kiswichitakw wʾskichin nittetch ettlositit squtek wela manch skat
+apch teke yiwibmes-honwal. Nittlo wenikigowal ettlin mʾsitt woot
+wigwamek nit kʾchi Sagem Kanawak. Nitte lakaloshigʾn naga hibis
+hidmowiw wababi tebaskuswagʾnl. Tan woot pelsetek chewi mawe sagyawal
+etli nʾsettwojik nit mʾsigekw kisittpiyak.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Nitte apch omach elok-hʾdinya hʾnʾwʾtlitunia apsegiguil
+wʾtebaskuswagʾnowal. Mʾsioo yotʾl tebaskuswagʾnʾl chewi-littaswul
+wababik. Wechich kiskittasik tan teppo elikimwittpiyak elnogak
+mʾsittech yo naga elimilichpegek wapap. Yot wapap elyot sagmak naga
+mʾitapeguinwuk naga nipwultimkil. Elok-hʾdimek tan etuchi metchmete
+sagem naga elipuskenoot eli-mʾtakittmowatil mʾsitte wʾskichinwuk.
+Wulasikowdowi wapap; wigwamkewi wapap.
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration]
+
+ APPENDIX
+
+ THE WAMPUM RECORDS IN ENGLISH
+
+
+Many bloody fights had been fought, many men, women and children had
+been tortured by constant and cruel wars until some of the wise men
+among the Indians began to think that something must be done, and
+that whatever was to be done should be done quickly. They accordingly
+sent messengers to all parts of the country, some going to the
+South, others to the East, and others to the West and Northwest.
+Some even went as far as the _Wabanaki_. It was many months before
+the messengers reached the farthest tribes. When they arrived at
+each nation, they notified the people that the great Indian nations
+of the Iroquois, Mohawks and others had sent them to announce the
+tidings of a great _Lagootwagon_ or general council for a treaty of
+peace. Every Indian who heard the news rejoiced, because they were
+all tired of the never-ending wars. Every tribe, therefore, sent
+two or more of their cleverest men as representatives to the great
+council.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+When all the delegates were assembled they began to deliberate
+concerning what was best to do, as they all seemed tired of their
+evil lives. The leading Chief then spoke as follows: “As we look back
+upon our bloodstained trail, we see that many wrongs have been done
+by all of our people. Our gory tomahawks, clubs, bows and arrows must
+undoubtedly be buried for ever.” It was decided, therefore, by all
+concerned to make a general _Lagootwagon_ or treaty of peace, and a
+day was appointed when they should begin the rites.
+
+For seven days, from morning till night, a strict silence was
+observed, during which each representative deliberated on the speech
+he should make and tried to discover the best means for checking the
+war. This was called the “Wigwam of Silence.”
+
+ * * * * *
+
+After this they held another wigwam called _mʾsittakw-wen
+tlewestoo_, or “Wigwam of Oratory.” The ceremonies then began. Each
+representative recited the history of his nation, telling all the
+cruelties, tortures and hardships they had suffered during their wars
+and stating that the time had now come to think of and take pity
+on their women and children, their lame and old, all of whom had
+suffered equally with the strongest and bravest warriors. When all
+the speeches had been delivered, it was decided to erect an extensive
+fence and within it to build a large wigwam. In this wigwam, they
+were to make a big fire and, having made a switch or whip, to place
+“their father” as a guard over the wigwam with the whip in his hand.
+If any of his children did wrong he was to punish them with the whip.
+Every child of his within the enclosure must therefore obey his
+orders implicitly. His duty also was to keep replenishing the fire in
+the wigwam so that it should not go out. This is the origin of the
+Wampum laws.
+
+The fence typified a treaty of peace for all the Indian nations who
+took part in the council, fourteen in number, of which there are
+many tribes. All these were to go within the fence and dwell there,
+and if any should do wrong they would be liable to punishment with
+the whip at the hands of “their father.” The wigwam within the fence
+represented a universal house for all the tribes, in which they
+might live in peace, without disputes and quarrels, like members
+of one family. The big fire (_ktchi squt_) in the wigwam denoted
+the warmth of the brotherly love engendered in the Indians by their
+treaty. The father ruling the wigwam was the Great Chief who lived at
+Caughnawaga. The whip in his hand was the type of the Wampum laws,
+disobedience to which was punishable by consent of all the tribes
+mentioned in the treaty.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+After this, they proceeded to make lesser laws, all of which were
+to be recorded by means of wampum, in order that they could be read
+to the Indians from time to time. Every feast, every ceremony,
+therefore, has its own ritual in the wampum; such as the burial and
+mourning rites after the death of a chief, the installation of a
+chief, marriage, etc. There were also salutation and visiting wampum.
+
+
+
+
+ ELOK-HʾDIMʾK TAN ETUCHI MECHMETE SAGEM
+
+Tan etuchi mechinet sagem omutlʾwaqulmʾnʾl chewi temitaha naga
+nʾkikw-wakw-san. Mʾsitte tan kesiyit wʾtowegaknul wʾtchapyil
+wʾtumhigen naga wʾmutewagʾn w’skichinwnk wʾnittagitmowawal
+enguchi gʾdunweyin. Tan etuchi tepnasgoyak wʾskichinwuk wikwmania
+pootwuswinoowo pootwuswinia wateplomania pili sagmal negootekmi
+kataina wʾkislomowyil sagnial. Nitte eli kisi-mawekislootmootitits
+nit opechitakaya kinwetaswinoo newunol kessena kaniachin begwitnol
+hesgun elye Mikmakik, Kebeklo, Panwapskek Welastogok sagem teli
+mechinet Pastemogatiek. Tan etuchi pechiyatit kinwettasijik
+elyatit Mikmakik nitte mʾmittutil wechkiyak eguidin metenegnahasik
+wʾkisin-setumenya kegw itmowio nitte sagem wʾmoweman oskmaknesum
+wʾtiyan nit wechkoyak kegw nikt kinwut wechipechijik. Nit mʾsitte wen
+wasisek naga epijik wʾskittapyik mʾtappyataswook wenachi asikwenya
+malemte eguayik. Nitte peskw wʾgapetasin natuchio wʾthntowatmun
+nʾskawewinto-wagʾnʾl. Nit wʾtali esui nʾskawan elamkigap wiyalit.
+Malemte mechintoo nitte na yok wechiyojik peskw littposwin omilawiyan
+nit na negum wʾtasitetunan wʾsiwesul na negum wʾwuskawan.
+
+Malemte mʾsioo mechi nʾskaw-hʾtimek naga tuchioo omach yapasinya
+imye-wigwamʾk wʾnaji-mawehimyanya. Malemtech apch kisi-myawletwuk
+naga tuchioo lippan tanpunote wigwamʾk. Nit m’sioo wen pejit epijik
+wasisek mʾsioo wʾtlapasinya wʾnaji-wʾlasikwawa sʾsikiptinenawa naga
+na opummunya mʾtewegon tesagioo wigwamʾk etli wechiwetit nit naga
+tojio hchi-yawiwul wʾskichin wutakewagʾnl.
+
+Elukemkil etchwi kisetuchil meskw kisi sepyatikw nit amskwas
+welaguiwik ehʾli wulit-has soeltowegw pemgowlutwuk. Nit apch
+wespasagiwik yokt mejiwejik opetchitaganya pesgowal oskittapemwal
+sagma-wigwamʾk wutiyanya sagmal opawatmunia mʾsitte wʾunemyanya
+oskittapi gwandowanek. Nitte sagem wʾtakinwettuwan oskittapemomaweman
+gwandowanek naga apch wʾtaginwettuwan yohote wechi-welijihi. Nit
+na kisi kusyapasitit naga tojoo omoosketunia wapapyil naga tojoo
+egitoso neget elikislotmotits. Nit ettlowsit Pestumagatiek wʾkuskatam
+wʾkʾchi-wʾskinosismowow; nitlo kʾpawatmagʾnkil yot ettlowsiyan
+kʾnajiwichi kehman eliat-kʾchi w’skinosismul. Malemte naga kisi
+westoltitit yokt wechiwejik nit na sagem onakisinn na wutelewestoon
+wʾtiyan wʾpemowsowinoom nit negum holithodmun wenajiwi-chakekemiw
+wicho keman wʾsiwesul kipnael. Nit apch yokt wechiwejik onagesin
+wʾteleweston olasweltumʾn kisi-weleyet sagman eliwulmatulit napch
+okisiyinya naga tojoo onestomʾnya kisookch etuchiweswesittit.
+
+Wechiyowitit nittech apch liwitasso eldagemk ekelhoochin malemte
+kisachwuk weswesinya. Wechiyawitit nit sagem wʾtokinwettuwan
+oskittapem nikt kʾsiwesnowook kisachwuk weswesinya katama
+kiseltumwownewin toji neksayiu omach-honya. Napch moskettaso wapap
+kelhodwei naga wʾtegitmunya wʾtiyawa: nit yot etlowsit Mikmakik
+epit wasis wʾskittap kʾpowatmagon kʾchenesin apch wagisook nio nit
+kigwusin katagonkuthagʾn kʾmachkulit-hookowa. Nit ittmowioo katama
+okiseltumwawun omach-halin.
+
+Nit apch elok-hʾdimʾk liwitasso nʾskowhʾdin. Nit apch sagem
+opechitagon oskittapem onachi-ketonkatinya kʾchikook nit appi
+kʾtunkatitit nit wʾtelogwsumnia tan eli pechputit mʾsioo weyesis
+nepahatijihi malem-te mʾsioo kegw kisogwew. Nit mʾsioo macheptaso
+gwandowanek nit etli kitimawemittsoltitit naga kinwetowan
+nojikakolwet (_or_ notgudmit) wʾtalqueminowticook kʾwaltewall (_or_
+wikw-poosaltin). Nit mʾsioo wen wʾnastowan. Elque milit nitte
+na wʾquaskoltinya wasisek epitjik wʾskitapyik pemip-hatijihi waltewa
+mosque weya malemte pechik sikowlutwuk gwandowanek. Nitte mʾsioo
+tʾholpiyanya pemkemigek nit yokt nojitophasijik otephemwan yayate
+elapesit. Yot nit elwittasik elok-hʾdimʾk egelhodwi wikw-paltin; nit
+kisapeseltitit omach yapasinya. Nitte apch neksayiu appat aptdoowuk.
+Nit naga tochio hʾnskowhʾdin nit apch yokt wechiwejik onakisin peskw
+wʾtlintowatmʾnhichi eleyiks elittotits omesomsowuk peskwun kessena
+nisnol elintowatkil. Nit na sagem wut wechi yot wenaskawan-na.
+
+Malemte nit mechintotimʾk nit sagem holpin eppasio gwandowanek
+kelnek pegholagnesis naga epesis nitte omache kʾtumosin omachetemun
+opekholagʾn naga otlintowatmun kʾtumaswintowagʾnʾl. Nit miswen
+onayinyan opemkan wʾskittapyik epitjik pechiote wasisek nit omikmow
+powlʾtinya.
+
+Nit malemte mechit piye apch naga tojoo apch otakinwipunmunia
+etuchi mach-hatit. Apch kisatchitit nit apch sagem nimwul-kʾdʾminya
+hilelok-hʾdimkil. Anquotch metch nichi kesspemi minwukelhak yot
+nit eldakewagʾn anquotch metch nihilente kessena te peskw kisoos
+etasi-welaquiwigil pemkak; nit quenni wechi yot.
+
+
+ CEREMONIES CUSTOMARY AT THE DEATH OF A CHIEF
+
+When the chief of a tribe died, his flag-pole was cut down and
+burnt, and his war-like appurtenances, bows and arrows, tomahawk and
+flag, were buried with him. The Indians mourned for him one year,
+after which the _Pwutwusimwuk_ or leading men were summoned by the
+tribe to elect a new chief. The members of one tribe alone could not
+elect their own chief; according to the common laws of the allied
+nations, he had to be chosen by a general wigwam. Accordingly,
+after the council of the leading men had assembled, four or six
+canoes were dispatched to the Micmac, Penobscot and Maliseet tribes
+if a Passamaquoddy chief had died.[71] These canoes bore each a
+little flag in the bow as a sign that the mission on which the
+messengers came was important. On the arrival of the messengers at
+their destination, the chief of the tribe to which they came called
+all his people, children, women and men, to meet the approaching
+boats. The herald, springing to land, first sang his salutation song
+(_nʾskawewintuagun_), walking back and forth before the ranks of the
+other tribe. When he had finished his chant the other Indians sang
+their welcoming song in reply.
+
+As soon as the singing was over they marched to some _imyewigwam_
+or meeting house to pray together. The visiting Indians were then
+taken to a special wigwam allotted to their use over which a flag was
+set. Here they were greeted informally by the members of the tribe
+with hand-shaking, etc. The evening of the first day was spent in
+entertaining the visitors.
+
+On the next day the messengers sent to the chief desiring to see all
+the tribe assembled in a _gwandowanek_ or dance hall. When the tribe
+had congregated there, the strangers were sent for, who, producing
+their strings of wampum to be read according to the law of the big
+wigwam, announced the death of the chief of their tribe, “their
+eldest boy” (_kʾchi wʾskinosismowal_), and asked that the tribe
+should aid them to elect a new chief. The chief of the stranger tribe
+then arose and formally announced to his people the desire of the
+envoys, stating his willingness to go to aid them, his fatherless
+brothers, in choosing a new father. The messengers, arising once
+more, thanked the chief for his kindness and appointed a day to
+return to their own people.
+
+The ceremony known as _Kelhoochun_ then took place. The chief
+notified his men that his brothers were ready to go, but that they
+should not be allowed to go so soon. The small wampum string called
+_kellhoweyi_ or prolongation of the stay was produced at this point,
+which read that the whole tribe, men, women and children, were glad
+to see their brothers with them and begged them to remain a day or
+two longer; that “our mothers” (_kigwusin_), _i.e._, all the tribal
+women, would keep their paddles yet a little while. This meant that
+the messengers were not to be allowed to depart so soon.
+
+Here followed the ceremony called _Nʾskuhudin_. A great hunt was
+ordered by the chief and the game brought to the meeting-hall and
+cooked there. The _noochila-kalwet_ or herald went about the village
+crying _wikw-poosaltin_, which was intelligible to all. Men, women
+and children immediately came to the hall with their birch-bark
+dishes and sat about the game in a circle, while four or five men
+with long-handled dishes distributed the food, of which every person
+had a share. This feast was called _kelhootwi-wikw-poosaltin_. When
+it was over the Indians dispersed, but returned later to the hall
+when the messengers sang again their salutation songs in honor of
+their forefathers, in reply to which the chief of the tribe sang his
+song of greeting.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+When the singing was over, the chief seated himself in the midst of
+the hall with a small drum in one hand and a stick in the other. To
+the accompaniment of his drum he sang his _kʾtumasoointawagunul_ or
+dance songs, which was the signal for a general dance, followed by
+another feast.
+
+The envoys again appointed a day to return, but were deterred in the
+same manner. As these feasts often lasted three weeks or a month, a
+dance being held every night, it was frequently a long time before
+they could go back to their own tribe, because the chief would detain
+them whenever they wished to return. Such was the custom.
+
+
+
+
+ ELOK-HʾDIMʾK TAN ETUCHI ELYOOT SAGEM
+
+Malemte mʾsigekw mitnaskiyi nit naga toji sankiyiw omajahapanya
+malemtech nikt pechiyik elyatit wecheyawitit nitte na omawemania
+opemowsowinomwa wʾteginwetowania eli kisi-kiwkenitit eli pekwatotit
+wichoketwagʾn. Miyawal te nikt na ketkik otapch-yanya ki
+wʾkenitsepenik. Nit wʾchi-mach-yiw otaskowalmunia wechiyan nachiwichi
+sakmakatenik. Malemte pechiyik omʾsioo nit me (?) elok-hʾdimkil-lelan
+nach sekeptin ewan nut pemkemek. Pechiyatil odenesisek kisi-pemkatil
+kisi-nʾskowhʾditit.
+
+Malemte tama nisook nekiwik naga omache hel-yanya mʾtewagemʾl
+nit sagem kitwi yotomʾtewagwemul. Malemte kisachit otemepelanya
+hʾnit peskw sagmak oponmowan naga wʾnasettowan omannimʾl naga na
+onas-hewhotlanya pileyal elequotewagʾnʾl. Nit peskw sagem onestomowan
+yohot sagmal kisiyajik wutege kʾchi-wʾskinosismowa kʾtachwi-elokepa
+tan eli kisi-wu-lasweyekw naga na kʾtachicbik sitʾwania nekemch
+na elookil tan wechi miyawil wahod opemowsowinoom. Yotʾl na echwi
+elokejil sagem wʾtachiwi-sagitonel mʾsioo tan yootʾl nekachikil.
+Wʾtachwi-klamanel chikow yootʾl timkil matnʾtoltimkil wʾtachwi na
+kig-ha opemowsowinoom. Chikate wʾpemowsowagʾn lawutik.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Napch omach yot asinya gwandowanek wʾnachmoyo-wagʾnya. Napch sagem
+wʾkutomasin naga wisek-han sagmal sagmaskw wisekhod pili sagmal naga
+kiska-mek.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Apch wespasakiwik naga okeptinen teboloman el-wigʾnʾk keswuk
+nihitanke yachihi wʾtliteboloma wataholoteh elitebolomoot sagem.
+Peskw na elipemket wut eli wisek-hot. Eli miloot oʾmanimwa aguami
+sagleyowal katik sagem napch wut piliwi sagem oskowiman naga
+onestomowan kesich pigak wutlokewagʾnowal miyawal tena okisajin
+otewepoosan mʾtewaguem. Nittle metewagʾn-mel osagmamwal nikt gaptinek
+wiwunik apwihtowatijil ya te chikihigʾnʾl kelnajit ayat na tan teppo
+yot kegus ewabligik quasijik kemenia pekusek wʾtachwi pekiyawal. Yot
+nit itmowin wʾtachiwi wulankeyowwowwal tan te quenowsiltil
+pemowsowagʾnawa te wʾtlipoonmʾnia. Wʾtachwi lipoonmenia opokenoom ya
+hotankeyowa tich-hi nihitanke yatgotachihi tan etuchi nesa naguak
+pechyamkotit. Chewi noteyik gaptinek woot sagem kislomot kitama
+kiseltumwawun wichipnusin ansa teppo wʾtankeyowa opemowsowinoom naga
+wʾnote genekmen tan gekw-nesanaguak pechiyak. Nit woot sagem naga
+otelitepsowinoom okisitpesotinia.
+
+Nit apch ketkil elok-hʾdimkil malemte nit welaguiwik nit yaka
+opemkanya tegio te apch echeguak enitespatek wʾtenkamhedoltinia.
+Enowdoltowuk epeskum-hʾdinya wʾkisik-apwelanya metewagwemel. Nit
+mʾsioo tan elitowtoltitit ek-hodasik tan woot neglo-wechik niktech
+wikw-nekik niltelkisek hodasikil. Nit elok-hʾdimʾk anquoch queneket
+nihi sente kessena te pes-kisoos.
+
+
+ THE CEREMONY OF INSTALLATION
+
+When they reached home, however, and the embassies from the other
+_Wabanaki_ tribes had also returned, the people of the bereaved tribe
+were summoned to assemble before the messengers, who informed them
+of the success of their mission. When the delegates from the other
+tribes, who had been appointed to elect the chief, had arrived and
+the salutation and welcome ceremonies had been performed, an assembly
+was called to elect the chief.
+
+This took place about the second day after the arrival of the
+other _Wabanaki_ representatives. A suitable person, a member
+of the bereaved tribe, was chosen by acclamation for the office
+of chief. If there was no objection to him, a new flag-pole was made
+and prepared for raising, and a chief from one of the kindred tribes
+put a medal of wampum on the chief-elect, who was always clothed in
+new garments. The installing chief then addressed the people, telling
+them that another “eldest boy” had been chosen, to whom they owed
+implicit obedience. Turning to the new chief, he informed him that he
+must act in accordance with the wishes of his people. The main duties
+of a chief were to act as arbiter in all matters of dispute, and to
+act as commander-in-chief in case of war, being ready to sacrifice
+himself for the people’s good if need were.
+
+After this ceremony they marched to the hall, where another dance
+took place, the new chief singing and beating the drum. A wife of one
+of the other chiefs then placed a new deer-skin or bear-skin on the
+shoulders of the new chief as a symbol of his authority, after which
+the dance continued the whole night.
+
+The officers of the new chief (_geptins_) were still to be chosen.
+These were seven in number and were appointed in the same manner and
+with the same ceremonies as the chief. Their duties, which were much
+more severe, were told them by the installing chief. The flag-pole,
+which was the symbol of the chief, was first raised. The _geptins_
+stood around it, each with a brush in his hand, with which they were
+instructed to brush off any particle of dust that might come upon it.
+This signified that it was their duty to defend and guard their chief
+and that they should be obliged to spill their blood for him, in case
+of need and in defence of the tribe. All the women and children and
+disabled persons in the tribe were under the care of the _geptins_.
+The chief himself was not allowed to go into battle, but was expected
+to stay with his people and to give orders in time of danger.
+
+After the tribal officers had been appointed, the greatest
+festivities were carried on; during the day they had canoe races,
+foot races and ball-playing, and during the night, feasting and
+dancing. The Indians would bet on the various sports, hanging the
+prizes for each game on a pole. It was understood that the winner of
+the game was entitled to all the valuables hung on this pole. The
+festivities often lasted an entire month.
+
+
+
+
+ NIBOWE ELDAKEWAGʾN NʾKANSOSWEI
+
+Tan etuchi wʾskinoos pewatek oniswitijil en wʾtakin-wetowan wʾnikigo
+naga tan yotʾl pawatgil nika nio nitaskowtitiesil netch woot
+kʾtakw-hemoos wʾtakinwetuwan wʾtelnapem nit skawen waplithodmuk
+nittech tekw-chetunia. Nit woot kʾtakw-kʾmoosimilan kelwasilipil
+pileyal mowinewiyul kessena odook kessena quabitewiyul. Nutch woot
+oskinoos omachep-hon odeneksonel yot nackskw wikowak netch nitponan
+woot neksonel nowtek wigwamek; yote ebonel nisnol naga nowtek
+naga kʾsoshone. Nit elichpi milipitasik elawigwam nit kisekelat
+wʾdoneksonel. Woot loo nackskw omitakwsel otakin-wetuwan otelnapem
+malemte kisi-mowemat wʾnestowan eliwisilit wʾskinosel pechipowat
+matonijanel wʾniswinya. Nit skawen wablitthodmuk nittech woot
+kitakw-pʾmoos wʾtelkiman wʾtusel nowtek pemekpit eneksone nittech nit
+kisit piye nipwoltin nitan elikwusitasik wigopaltin mawemitsoltin
+ayot pemkamik neskow hʾdimʾk. Anquotch quenatkʾt pemlokemkil.
+
+
+ THE MARRIAGE CEREMONY
+
+ _The Ancient Rite_
+
+It was the duty of the young Indian man who wished to marry to inform
+his parents of his desire, stating the name of the maiden. The young
+man’s father then notified all the relatives and friends of the
+family that his son wished to marry such and such a girl. If the
+friends and relations were willing, the son was permitted to offer
+his suit. The father of the youth prepared a clean skin of the bear,
+beaver or deer, which he presented to his son. Provided with this,
+the suitor went to the wigwam of his prospective bride’s father and
+placed the hide at the back of the wigwam or _nowteh_. The girl’s
+father then notified his relations and friends, and if there was no
+objection, he ordered his daughter to seat herself on the skin, as
+a sign that the young man’s suit was acceptable. The usual wedding
+ceremonies were then held, viz., a public feast, followed by dancing
+and singing, which always lasted at least a week.
+
+
+
+
+ NIBOWE ELDAKEWAGʾN YOT PILIOO YOT KISI MAWETASIK
+
+Tan etuchi wʾskinoos ketwakatek wʾtachwich na kinwettwa wʾnikiko
+wʾnestowan nackskwyil powatkil. Netch woot kʾtakw-hemoos omaweman
+wʾtelnapemwa nit skatwen waplit-hodmuk. Nitch wʾdakinwettowania
+nojikelol welijil nitch omacheptunia nequotatkeyi wapap nittech nit
+milatit woot nackwesk omitakw-sel naga tan te kisikesitit kesosejihi
+najichik lutkig wapap egitasik nibowei. Liwitasso kʾlelwewei yotech
+wʿtetlegitmʾn elgitnuwik wʾnestowalch na eli-wisilit oskinosel nit
+pawatek nitʾl nackskwuyil oniswinya. Nittech nit metewestakw nittech
+weswi yapasinia yot wʾskinoos wigek. Nittech-et-laskowasooltitit
+tegio asittemoot. Nittech na woot nackskw omitakw-sel omaweman
+otelnapemwʾl nittech skatwen wablithamagw nitʾl pechi kelolwelijil
+nittlowen kegw kʾchi chitwat ewabligik wʾmestomʾnch. Nittech
+sagesso kʿtinipwooltimkepn. Nittlo mʾsioo li wulit-hodmotit nit
+etepkisitpiye. Nit neke oskichinwuk kisi papatmotit nitch patlias
+onipwik-han.
+
+Nittech nittʾl nibowe eldakewagʾnʾl elok-hʾdim. Wutech wʾskinoos
+omilwan pileyal elquootewagʾnʾl nit kissewett woot pilkatek
+netch omach-yapasinia oniswitijil wigwek netch wʾnatlasikwan
+wʿniswitijil wenachi sekeptinenan wʾniswitijil naga kesosejihi. Yot
+nit eliwittasik eldakewagʾn wulisakowdawagʾn. Nit weswesit wikwak
+nutch nut holpiyanya yohot na pechi kesosejihi quesquesoos naga
+pilskwessis naga gana wʾskittapyik. Wutech na wʾskinoos na onagʾnl
+makeslasikasijihi nittech omach-yapasinia wʾnachi-sekeptinenya.
+Malemtech metlasikowdoltin. Nittech uletonya kʾchi mawepoltimek
+wutech nackskw towipootpoonek liwitass natpoonan oskittapyik epijik
+pechi te wasisek. Wutech na wʾskinoos soksagw kotch meketch tlagw-te
+mijwagʾn malemch kisakwtek. Nit wikopaltinya netch wʾgagalwaltinya
+kʾwaltewall. Mʾsitte wen wʾnestem nit.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Nit omache-guaskoltinia natchi teppam wan wikopalan. Mechte
+nibowattimek meskw metekto. Nitte otlas-hewhodlusooltinya naga
+omach-yapasinia gwandowanek. Malemte pachaswook gwandowanek pechi
+kesosejihi. Nitte kes yapasitit nitte pesgowat peskutenil ech-wechi
+kʾchich yot lusoweskw eliyit kis gwandowanek. Nit ne oskinoo-lusoo.
+Ena negum omach-yapasinia kesooswechihi malemte petapaswuk
+kesyapasittit nit apch peskw-tay peskowat. Nitte gaptin omachep-han
+omachi-ostook kegania oniswitijil.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Malemte epasitpokak en-onatpoon-hʾdinya kiste wulaquipwagʾn.
+Nitt etli-mikomoot yokt kisiniswijik nit yotʾl lusowesquiwil
+omache-kesoosanya kʾchi epitjik. Otasohonel na onespiptonial.
+
+
+ METEGUT.
+
+
+ THE MARRIAGE CEREMONY IN LATER DAYS.
+
+After the adoption of the wampum laws the marriage ceremony was much
+more complicated.
+
+When the young man had informed his parents of his desire to marry
+and the father had secured the consent of the relations and friends,
+an Indian was appointed to be the _Keloolwett_ or marriage herald,
+who, taking the string of wampum called the _Kelolwawei_, went to
+the wigwam of the girl’s father, generally accompanied by as many
+witnesses as cared to attend. The herald read the marriage wampum
+in the presence of the girl and her father, formally stating that
+such and such a suitor sought his daughter’s hand in marriage. The
+herald, accompanied by his party, then returned to the young man’s
+wigwam to await the reply. After the girl’s father had notified his
+relatives and friends and they had given their consent, the wedding
+was permitted to go on.
+
+The usual ceremonies then followed. The young man first presented
+the bride-elect with a new dress. She, after putting it on, went
+to her suitor’s wigwam with her female friends, where she and her
+company formally saluted him by shaking hands. This was called
+_wulisakowdowagon_ or salutation. She then returned to her father’s
+house, where she seated herself with her following of old women and
+girls. The groom then assembled a company of his friends, old and
+young men, and went with them to the bride’s wigwam to salute her
+in the same manner. When these salutations were over a great feast
+was prepared by the bride, enough for all the people, men, women and
+children. The bridegroom also prepared a similar feast. Both of these
+dinners were cooked in the open air and when the food was ready
+they cried out _kʾwaltewall_, “your dishes.” Every one understood
+this, which was the signal for the merrymakers to approach and fall
+to.
+
+The marriage ceremonies, however, were not over yet. The wedding
+party arrayed themselves in their best attire and formed two
+processions, that of the bride entering the assembly wigwam first. In
+later times it was customary to fire a gun at this point as a signal
+that the bride was in the hall, whereupon the groom’s procession
+entered the hall in the same manner, when a second gun was fired.
+The _geptins_ of the tribe and one of the friends of the bride then
+conducted the girl to the bridegroom to dance with him. At midnight,
+after the dancing, a supper was served, to which the bride and groom
+went together and where she ate with him for the first time. The
+couple were then addressed by an aged man (_nojimikokemit_) on the
+duties of marriage.
+
+Finally, a number of old women accompanied the newly made wife to
+her husband’s wigwam, carrying with them her bed-clothes. This final
+ceremony was called _natboonan_, taking or carrying the bed. P.
+
+
+ THE END.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[70] According to Indian tradition, six Iroquoian tribes united in a
+confederation in the interests of peace. This was the famous league
+of the six nations: Onondagas, Mohawks, Oneidas, Senecas, Cayugas
+and Tuscaroras. The first five of these completed their league as
+early as the middle of the fifteenth century under the Onondaga chief
+Hiawatha. The object of the federation was to abolish war altogether
+(see Brinton, “The American Race,” pp. 82, 83). It is evident that
+the Passamaquoddy tradition embodied in this part of the Wampum
+Records refers to these proposals made by their Iroquois neighbors.
+
+[71] From here on the recorder mentions only the neighboring
+Algonkin tribes as belonging to the federation which he has in
+mind. The northern Algonkin tribes were very probably in a loose
+federation with the Iroquois merely for purposes of intertribal
+arbitration. These Algonkin clans themselves, however, seem to have
+been politically interdependent, as one clan could not elect a chief
+without the consent of all the others.
+
+
+
+
+ =Glossary=
+
+
+
+
+ Glossary[72]
+
+ [72] A.=Abenaki; P.=Passamaquoddy; Pen.=Penobscot; M.=Micmac.
+
+
+ Âbâznōdâ, “basket” (A. and P.); cognitive of _abazi_, “tree,”
+ _i.e._, something made of wood. Cf. P. _bʾsnŭd_.
+
+ Âbĭstânēûch, “marten” (M.); probably cognitive with A. _âpânâkĕs_
+ and _panakos_, “marten.”
+
+ Ãbŭkchĕlû, “skunk” (M.); cf. P. _âpîchîlû_. The A. word is
+ _segoñgw_, “skunk,” from a cognitive of which, viz., Ojibwe,
+ [_=ž_]_ikág_, is derived the English “skunk,” and the city-name
+ “Chicago,” “place of skunks”!
+
+ Âklîbĭmô, “bull frog” (P.); cf. M. _ăblîgĕmû_, “bull-frog.”
+
+ Ăgŭnōdămâkŭn, “story” (P.); cf. _kt-ăgʾnōdʾmŭl_, “I will tell
+ thee”; _ăgŭnôdŭmaak′_, “one relates.” The A. stem _oñdoka_,
+ “tell,” is clearly a metathesis of the same root.
+
+ Agwē′dʾn, “birch canoe” (P.); see M. _kwēdŭn_.
+
+ Alsigontegw = _Arsikantekw_ is composed of the elements _arsi_,
+ “empty”; _kan_, an infix which signifies “cabin”; and the suffix
+ -_tekw_, which always means “river”; cf. _tego_, “wave.” The
+ modern form of the word is _Alsigontekw_, which the Indians
+ wrongly connect with _als_, “shell,” and translate “river where
+ shells abound.” _Als_ appears, however, as _ess_ in the older
+ language. See on this subject, GILL, _Notes sur les Vieux
+ Manuscrits Abenakis_, pp. 13 ff, Montreal, 1886.
+
+ Ămwĕ′sŭk, “wasps” (P.); cf. M. _amuĕs′_, “a wasp.”
+
+ Aplasemwesitt, “whirlwind” (P.); M. _pĭptōgōgwââsik_, A.
+ _pĕtĕgwîlômsĕn_.
+
+ Appodumken, like the _Lumpeguin_ (both P.), dwelt under the water.
+ He had long red hair and was the favorite bugaboo used by
+ Indian mothers to frighten the children away from the water.
+ _Appodumken_ is identical with A. _Waodumkenowat_, who plugs
+ the eyes, ears, and nostrils of drowned corpses with mud.
+
+ Aʿtosis, “snake” (P.); in M. _mtaaskum_, clearly not cognate.
+
+ Atwusknigess, a Pass. invisible being who occasionally fells trees
+ with a single blow of his stone axe. This accounted for the fall
+ of an apparently healthy tree.
+
+ Âûkōgēgĕ′chk, Blomidon; “Dogwood grove” (M.): also called
+ _utkogunchîchk_, “bark doubled and sewed together.”
+
+ Awasos, See Mūūin.
+
+ Awesos, See Mūūin.
+
+ Bʾsnŭd, “basket” (P.); see _abaznoda_.
+
+ Bûsîjĭk, “they sailed off” (P.); 3 p. pl. participle. The singular
+ is _bûsit_, “one who embarks.”
+
+ Bûʾûin, “a wizard” (M.) = P. _mʾdeolin_ in meaning. The English
+ powwow is a derivative from the Mass. Narragansett cognitive of
+ this word; _powwâ_, “medicine man”; cf. Roger Williams, “Key to
+ the Indian Language,” Providence, 1827, p. 111.
+
+ Chessuyek, “mosquitoes” (P.). The singular is _chîsu_ or _tʾsîso_,
+ _q.v._ This has no connection with M. _pijegunjit_ and A.
+ _pegues_, “mosquito.”
+
+ Chibelaʿkwe, “night air sprite,” a monster consisting solely of
+ head and legs, without a body. It was always seen sitting in the
+ crotch of a tree.
+
+ Nʾchigunum, “my younger brother” (M.).
+
+ Chikwenochk, “turtle” (P.).
+
+ Chinames, “a fish as long and broad as a man” (M.?).
+
+ Chînu, a Micmac equivalent of P. _Kiwaʿkw_, _q.v._
+
+ Chipi′chkâm, “horned dragon”, really a huge wizard snake (M.).
+
+ Elkomtûejul, “he is calling him,” with obviative ending -_ul_ (M.).
+
+ Ēpīt, “woman”; pl. _ēpījĭk_ (P.); cf. M. _ēbit_.
+
+ Etuchi, “so,” “thus” (P.); cf. A. _adoji_.
+
+ Hămwĕsŭk, See _Amwĕsŭk_.
+
+ Hʾlâmkîk, “hell” (P.); lit., “the lower land,” from _hʿlâm_,
+ “below,” and _ki_, “land,” + locative -_k_. Cp. A. _Alômki_.
+
+ Î, excl., “oh!” (P.).
+
+ Kt-iyi-pʾn, “we have” (P.). This is the _inclusive_ we, _i.e._,
+ thou and I. The exclusive form would be _nt-iyi-pʾn_.
+
+ Kâk′âguch, “crow” (M.). In P. _kâkâgos_.
+
+ Kâktûgwāās, “thunder” (M.); really “young thunder,” a common proper
+ name.
+
+ Kaktugwāāsĭs, “little thunder” (M.); a further diminutive (ending
+ = _is_) of _Kâktûgwāās_, “little thunder.” _Kâktûgwāāsĭs_ means
+ properly, “son of Little Thunder.”
+
+ Kaliwahdasi, “female proper name” (P.).
+
+ Kʾchî, “big,” “large” (P.); also A. and Penobscot.
+
+ Kchî-benabesk, “large rock” (P.).
+
+ Kĕjû, “O mother” (M.); voc. of _nkĕ′ch_, “my mother.” Cp. A.
+ _nikʾn_, voc. of _nigawes_.
+
+ Kĕkwâjû, “badger” (M.); cogn. with Ojib., _missá-kak-wijis_.
+
+ Kekw? “what?” (P.); cp. A. _kagui?_ M. _kogūē?_ “what?”
+
+ Kespugitk, “a place name.”
+
+ Kes saak, “long ago” (M.).
+
+ Ketaksuwâûʿt, “spirits’ road” (P.); a combination of _ketākw_,
+ “spirit,” and _âûʿt_, “road.”
+
+ Kezitwâzuch, “Kearsarge” (Pen.).
+
+ Kitpusâgʾnâû, Pass. proper name (?). A mythical being.
+
+ Kiwaʿkw, “giant ghoul” or “ice-giant” (P.); cp. A. _kiwaʿkwa_, a
+ mythical being, similar in form to a man, who inhabited the
+ snows of the far north.
+
+ Kʾmewun, “rain” (P.); cf. P. _kʾmēĭn_, “it is raining.”
+
+ Koʿkoʿkhas, “owl” (P.); cp. M. _kûkûgwĕs_, A. _kokokhas_.
+
+ Kuhkw, “earthquake” (M.).
+
+ Kukuʿskûûs, “snowy owl,” a P. word, undoubtedly of onomatapoetic
+ origin.
+
+ Kullû, “a fabulous bird of gigantic size” (M. and P.).
+
+ Kulpujot, “one rolled over with handspikes” (M.); a fabulous being
+ supposed to be connected with the changes of season.
+
+ Kwâbît, “beaver” (P.); cf. M. _kobet_.
+
+ Kwabîtsis, “little beaver” (P.); diminutive of _kwâbît_.
+
+ Kwĕdŭn, “canoe” (M.). See Ăgwē′dŭn.
+
+ Kwîmû, “loon” (M.); cp. P. _ŭkwîn_.
+
+ Lappilatwan, Pass. name of a small bird which sings from sunset
+ until quite dark. _Lappilatwan_ properly means a tree-fungus,
+ but the word is applied to this bird because it sits in the
+ branches without moving. See _Wappilatwan_ and _Wechkutonébit_.
+
+ Laʿtogwesnuk, “Northland” (P.).
+
+ Lenni Lenâbe, “Delawares” (P.); clearly a loan word from Minsi,
+ _Linni Linâpe_, “the men” (_par excellence_). Cp. Prince, “Proc.
+ Amer. Philos. Soc.,” 1899, p. 186; “Amer. Journ. Philol.,” p.
+ 295, n. 1.
+
+ Lisignigen, “breastwork” (P.); M. _lŭtkŭdāāgŭn_, “hedge.”
+
+ Lox, “wolverine” (P.); cogn. with A. _alaskan_, “wolverine.” Note
+ the metathesis.
+
+ Lumpeguin, “water demon” (P.); see _Appodumken_.
+
+ Malikakwsquess, Pass. female name.
+
+ Malsum, “wolf” (P.); cp. A. _moñlsem_.
+
+ Malsumsis, “little wolf” (P.), the diminutive of the above.
+
+ Manoñgamasak, “river elves” (A.).
+
+ Mʾdeolin, “wizard,” “witchcraft”; pl. _mʾdeolinʾwuk_, P. and
+ _mʾdaulinōwak_, (A. and Pen.). Cf. Ojibwe, _medewin_,
+ “witchcraft.” It probably means originally “one who drums.” Cp.
+ Old Delaware, _meteú_, “a medicine doctor”; also a turkey cock,
+ from the drumming of its wings.
+
+ Michihant, “devil” (P.); a combination of _michi_, “bad” = A.
+ _maji_ + _hant_, the same stem seen in A. _Madahoñdo_, “demon.”
+
+ Mikchik, “turtle” (P.); cp. M. _mikchikch_.
+
+ Miʿko, “squirrel” (P.); cp. A. _miʿkowa_.
+
+ Miʿkumwess, “wood devil”; pl. _miʿkumwessuk_; a small spirit
+ normally, which has the power, however, of increasing its
+ stature at will.
+
+ Mĭpis, “little leaf” (Pass. diminutive); pl. _mĭpyĭl_. Cp. M.
+ _nebe_, “leaf.”
+
+ Mʿskikwul wuli-mʾhaskil, “perfumed grass” (P.). Cp. M. _Mskegûl_,
+ “grass,” and _welemaak_, “fragrant”; A. _mʾskikoal_, “grass.”
+
+ Monimquess, “woodchuck” (P.). See M. _munumkwech_.
+
+ Munumkwech, “woodchuck” (M.); see P. _monimquess_.
+
+ Mûs, “moose” (P.); see M. _Teâm_. The English moose is undoubtedly
+ a loanword from Pass. _mûs_; cp. Pen. _mûñs_; A. _moñz_.
+
+ Mūschik, “place name” (P.).
+
+ Mūsesaaqua, “horse fly” (P.); cp. M. _msusók_.
+
+ K-musums, “thy grandfather”; _k-musomsʾn_, “our grandfather” (P.);
+ cp. A. _nʾmahom_, “my grandfather.”
+
+ Mūūin, “bear” (M.) and P. In A. and Pen. we find _awasos_ and
+ _awesos_ respectively.
+
+ Naga, “and” (P.); M. _ak_; A. _ta_.
+
+ Nʾgŭmĭch, “my grandmother” (M.); cp. A. _nōkĕmĕs_.
+
+ Nekmʾkila, “I am big” (P.).
+
+ Nemchaase, “arise” (M.).
+
+ Nenagimk, “hurry up!” (M.).
+
+ Neʿs[´ē]yik, Pass, place-name = “the muddy lake.”
+
+ Nikʾn, “O mother” (A.); dim. voc. of _nigawes_, “my mother.”
+
+ Nĭl, “I” (P. and M.).
+
+ Nipon, “summer” (P.); also _niben_ in Abenaki.
+
+ Nit, “that” (P.).
+
+ Nʾmokkswess, “sable” (P.); see M. _abistaneuch_.
+
+ Noñwat, “long ago” (A.); cp. Pen. _nâwad_.
+
+ Nowut Kemaganek, a Pass. place-name.
+
+ Nsk[´ē]manul, “silver plates” (P.).
+
+ Nŭgŭmĭch, “my grandmother” (M.). See _Nʾgŭmĭch_.
+
+ Nujich, “my grandchild” (M.).
+
+ Nulūks, “my nephew” (M.).
+
+ Ogomkeok, place-name (M.).
+
+ Onwokun, place-name (M.); “a causeway”; cp. A. _ondawahanik_, “a
+ divide.”
+
+ N-osesak, “my children” (P.).
+
+ Piʿche, “long ago” (P.).
+
+ Piliomeskasik kʾtakʾmigw, “Newfoundland” (P.). This is a literal
+ translation of the English name. See _Uktâkŭmkûk_.
+
+ Pilowi, “strange” (A. Pen. Pass.).
+
+ Piktuk, place-name (M.).
+
+ Plîgun, “Cape Split” (P.); M. plekteok, “large handspikes for
+ breaking open a beaver dam.”
+
+ Pʾmûla, “night-air demon” (A.). This word occurs also in
+ Passamaquoddy and Penobscot as the name of a flying malevolent
+ sprite.
+
+ Pogumʾk, “black-cat” (P.); an animal of the mink tribe, sometimes
+ called “fisher.”
+
+ Pûjinskwess, “pitcher.” Pass. word denoting an evil witch; cp. M.
+ _Pikchimskwesû_.
+
+ Pulowech, “partridge” (M.).
+
+ Puloweche munigu, “Partridge Island” (M.).
+
+ Pûn, “winter” (P.); cp. A. _pon_.
+
+ Putup, “whale” (P.); M. bûtŭp.
+
+ K-putwusin, “let us take council” (P.); cp. A. _podawazina_, both 1
+ p. pl. inclusive.
+
+ Saak; see _kes_.
+
+ Sagem, “chief” (P.); cp. A. _Soñgmoñ_. English sagamore is a
+ loanword from this.
+
+ Sâkskâdu, “squirrel” (M. and P.). See _Sexkâtu_.
+
+ Saŭnesen, “south wind” (P.); cp. A. _soñwanaki_, “the southland.”
+
+ Sĕnap, “man” (P.); cp. A. _sanoñba_; Pen. _sĕnōbē_.
+
+ Senusoktun, “warming breeze” (P.).
+
+ Sexkâtu, “squirrel”; see _sâkskâdu_.
+
+ Nsiwes, “my brother” (P.).
+
+ Skitap, “man” (P.); cp. old Pass. _wusketomp_.
+
+ Squʿtes, “little fire” (P.); dim. of _squt_, “fire”; cp. A.
+ _skweda_.
+
+ Teâm, “moose” (M.); See _Mûs_.
+
+ Tiakēûch, “mink” (M.); cp. P. _chiâkes_.
+
+ Tomâwē, “tobacco” (P. and M.).
+
+ Tsîso, “mosquito”; see _chessuyek_.
+
+ Tumʾhîgen, “axe” (P.); cp. A. _tamahigan_.
+
+ Tumʾhîgenpowâgon, “tomahawk-pipe” (P.).
+
+ Ukchigʾmuech, “sea duck” (M.).
+
+ Uktâkŭmkûk, “Newfoundland” (M.); lit., “the mainland.”
+
+ Uktukâmkw, “Newfoundland” (P.); the usual form is _piliomeskasik
+ kʾtakʾmigw_, _q.v._
+
+ Unamagik, “otters” (P.); cp. A. _unegigw_, “otter.” A place name.
+
+ Upsinai, “medicine-bag” (M.).
+
+ Uskichin } “Indian” (P.).
+ Uskijin }
+
+ Waaguʿkw, “lice” (M.).
+
+ Wâbab, “wampum” (P.); lit., “something white,” from the color of
+ the shells. In A. _skwōñzo_.
+
+ Wabanaki, “the land of the dawn, or east” (P. and Pen.); in A.
+ _Woñbanaki_, from _woñban_, “dawn” (lit., “whitening”) + _aki_,
+ “land.” This also means “an Eastlander.”
+
+ Wahwun, “egg” (P.); M. _wâû_; A. _woñwan_.
+
+ Wappilatwan, “toadstool” (P.); punningly applied as an epithet to
+ _Lappilatwan_, _q.v._ See _wechkutonébit_.
+
+ Waʿsis, “child” (P.); cp. A. _awoñsis_.
+
+ Wʾchipi, “East wind” (P.).
+
+ Webetumekw, “shark” (M.).
+
+ Wechkutonébit, “he sits with his mouth open” (P.); parti., 3 p.,
+ singular. See _Lappilatwan_ and _Wappilatwan_.
+
+ Wegadusk, “northern lights” (M.).
+
+ Wʾnagʾmeswuk, “fairies” (P.); small beings in human form of a
+ benevolent character.
+
+ Wichkwîdlakunchich, “small dish of bark” (P.).
+
+ Wîgît, “he, they live or lives” (P.); parti., 3 p., sing. and
+ plural. The stem _wig_, “dwell, live,” is common to all the
+ Algic idioms. Cp. _wigwâm_, “a house.”
+
+ Wiguladumuch, “elves”; pl. -_uk_ (M.).
+
+ Winpe, a Pass. evil spirit, perhaps cogn. with M. _Winsit_, “devil.”
+
+ Wîwĭlmekw, a Pass. horned monster, living in the water.
+
+ Wuchoʿsen, “north wind” (P.). This word denotes a fabulous eagle
+ which causes the wind by the motion of his wings.
+
+ Wut, “that” (P.).
+
+ Owing to lack of space, this Glossary contains only the most
+ important Indian words which appear in the English text.
+ No attempt has been made to explain the Indian headings
+ grammatically, nor the text of quoted poems. P.
+
+
+
+
+ OTHER WORKS BY
+ CHARLES GODFREY LELAND
+
+
+ The Poetry and Mystery of Dreams, 1850
+ Hans Breitmann’s Ballads, 1868
+ The English Gypsies and Their Language, 1872
+ English Gypsey Ballads, 1873
+ Life of Abraham Lincoln, 1881
+ The Minor Arts, 1881
+ The Gypsies, 1883
+ The Algonquin Legends of New England, 1884 (2d edition 1885)
+ Dictionary of Jargon and Slang (in collaboration with Prof. Barrère),
+ 1891
+ Gypsey Sorcery, 1891
+ Legends of Florence, 2d series, 1895–6
+ Hans Breitmann in Tyrol, 1895
+ Songs of the Sea and Lays of the Land, 1895
+ Mending and Repairing, 1896
+ One Hundred Profitable Arts (issued as a series of handbooks)
+ Legends of Virgil, 1899
+ The Gothic Mother Goose (in preparation)
+ Flaxius (in preparation)
+
+
+
+
+ OTHER WORKS BY
+
+ JOHN DYNELEY PRINCE
+
+
+ Notes on the Language of the Eastern Algonkin Tribes, in the American
+ Journal of Philology, ix. pp. 310–316, 1888
+ Archæology in Turkey, in the New York Independent, Dec. 6, 1888
+ The Linguistic Position of the Osmanli Turkish, in Johns Hopkins
+ University Circular, April, 1891
+ MENE MENE TEKEL UPHARSIN, an historical study of the Fifth Chapter of
+ Daniel, with translation of the Cyrus Cylinder and the Annals of
+ Nabonidus, Baltimore, 1893
+ The Syntax of the Assyrian Preposition Ina, in the Proceedings of the
+ American Oriental Society, April, 1895, pp. ccxviii-ccxxvi
+ The Book of Psalms, English Translation of Wellhausen’s Notes, in the
+ Polychrome Edition of the Old Testament, Leipzig, 1895
+ Brasluniau o Bagdad, in the Drych (Welsh Newspaper), March 5, 1896
+ The Passamaquoddy Wampum Records, in the Proceedings of the American
+ Philosophical Society, pp. 479–495, 1897
+ Old Testament Notes, in the Journal of Biblical Literature, xvi. pp.
+ 175–6, 1897
+ The Syntax of the Assyrian Preposition Ana, in Journal of the American
+ Oriental Society, xviii. pp. 355–6, 1897
+ Some Passamaquoddy Documents in the Annals of the New York Academy of
+ Science, xi. nr. 15, pp. 369–377, 1898
+ On Daniel viii. 11–12, in Journal of Biblical Literature, xvii. pp. 203
+ ff. 1898
+ Assyrian Prepositional Usage, Journal of the American Oriental Society,
+ xx. pp. 1–11, 1899
+ A CRITICAL COMMENTARY on the Book of Daniel, Leipzig, 1899
+ On Psalm ii. 12, in Journal of Biblical Literature, xix. pp. 1–4, 1900
+ Forgotten Indian Place-Names in the Adirondacks, Journal American
+ Folklore, 1900, pp. 123–128
+ Some Passamaquoddy Witchcraft Tales, in Proceedings of the American
+ Philosophical Society, xxxviii. pp. 181–189, 1900
+ The Unilingual Inscriptions K. 138 and K. 3232 translated from the
+ Sumerian, Journal of the American Oriental Society, xxi. pp. 1–22,
+ 1900
+ Notes on Passamaquoddy Literature, in Annals of the New York Academy of
+ Science, xiii. pp. 381–386, 1901
+ Notes on the Modern Minsi Delaware Dialect, American Journal of
+ Philology, xxi. pp. 295–302, 1901
+ The Modern Dialect of the Canadian Abenakis, in Miscellanea Linguistica
+ in Onore di Graziodio Ascoli, pp. 343–362, 1901
+
+
+
+
+ FLAXIUS,
+ OR LEAVES FROM THE LIFE OF AN IMMORTAL
+
+ BY
+ CHARLES GODFREY LELAND, F.R.S.L.,
+ A.M. (Harvard) &c.
+
+ Published by P. WELLBY, LONDON.
+
+
+“It is not so much the spirit of Breitmann which animates these pages
+as that of Pantagruel. From the President of the United States,
+Roosevelt, he goes to Hamlet and resolves to visit Hades. The tale of
+Flaxius and the Were-wolf is a brilliant narrative.... Flaxius breaks
+a lance for Jezebel and also for Herodias with graceful impartiality.
+The chapter on the Bookseller is among the most charming in the
+work.... It is quite certain that many readers will welcome Flaxius
+as a philosopher seeking _la vraie verité_, a philosopher whose
+sympathy is very human, and who has in spite of all his erudition ...
+something of the naïve spontaneous pen of his Teutonic rival, Hans
+Breitmann.”
+
+Condensed from a review of 150 lines in the _London Academy_.
+
+“The prose which is nearly all the book is a continued delight and
+surprise in its humorous ideas, as well as in its more pitiful and
+thoughtful moods.” “The whole is a literary entertainment of a rare
+and delicate kind. Truly it is one of the daintiest, quaintest,
+most frolicsome, and at the same time most spiritual of _jeux
+d’esprit_.”--The (London) _Free Lance_.
+
+“An extremely pleasant and agreeable book.... No one who cares for
+curious customs presented in a quaint and entrancing manner will miss
+‘Flaxius: Leaves from the Life of an Immortal.’”--_Pall Mall Gazette._
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber’s Note:
+
+Words and phrases in italics are surrounded by underscores, _like
+this_. Chapter and Canto headings, printed in gothic font, are
+surrounded by equal signs, =like this=. Letters that have both an
+accent and macron are shown within brackets, like this: [´ē]. Words
+may have inconsistent hyphenation and use of diacriticals.
+
+Footnotes were renumbered sequentially; except for the Glossary,
+footnotes were moved to the end of the chapter. Partially printed
+punctuation and diacriticals were completed. Misspelled words were
+not corrected. The word ‘a’ was added to ‘... in a pickle ...’ In the
+Appendix, the English translation was moved to follow the related
+section of Native language.
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78673 ***